TW201838168A - Near infrared blocking filter, solid-state imaging element, camera module and image display device - Google Patents

Near infrared blocking filter, solid-state imaging element, camera module and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201838168A
TW201838168A TW107103552A TW107103552A TW201838168A TW 201838168 A TW201838168 A TW 201838168A TW 107103552 A TW107103552 A TW 107103552A TW 107103552 A TW107103552 A TW 107103552A TW 201838168 A TW201838168 A TW 201838168A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
copper
compound
cut filter
resin
Prior art date
Application number
TW107103552A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
大河原昂広
北島峻輔
川島敬史
津山博昭
鮫島賢
佐佐木大輔
松村季彦
平井友樹
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201838168A publication Critical patent/TW201838168A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/26Reflecting filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/28Interference filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Solid State Image Pick-Up Elements (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a near infrared blocking filter which is able to be reduced in thickness, while having excellent transparency in the visible region, excellent near infrared shielding properties and excellent dicing resistance. Also provided are a solid-state imaging element, a camera module and an image display device, each of which is provided with this near infrared blocking filter. This near infrared blocking filter comprises a glass containing copper, a resin layer containing a copper compound, and a layer containing an infrared absorbing dye.

Description

近紅外線截止濾波器、固體攝像元件、照相機模組及圖像顯示裝置Near-infrared cut filter, solid-state imaging element, camera module, and image display device

本發明係關於一種近紅外線截止濾波器、固體攝像元件、照相機模組及圖像顯示裝置。The present invention relates to a near-infrared cut filter, a solid-state imaging element, a camera module, and an image display device.

作為彩色圖像的固體攝像元件之電荷耦合元件(CCD)或互補金屬氧化物半導體(CMOS)等被使用於視訊攝影機、數位相機、帶有攝像功能之行動電話等中。由於該等固體攝像元件使用在其受光部對近紅外線具有靈敏度之矽光電二極體,因此需要進行光電靈敏度(luminous sensitivity)校正,通常使用近紅外線截止濾波器。A charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) as a solid-state image sensor of a color image is used in a video camera, a digital camera, a mobile phone with an imaging function, and the like. Since these solid-state imaging elements use a germanium photodiode having sensitivity to near-infrared light in the light receiving portion, it is necessary to perform luminance sensitivity correction, and a near-infrared cut filter is generally used.

作為近紅外線截止濾波器,已研究出使用包含含有銅化合物之樹脂層者(參閱專利文獻1、2)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]As a near-infrared cut filter, it has been studied to use a resin layer containing a copper compound (see Patent Documents 1 and 2). [Prior Technical Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]國際公開WO2016/158818號公報 [專利文獻2]日本特開2015-28621號公報[Patent Document 1] International Publication No. WO2016/158818 (Patent Document 2) Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2015-28621

在近紅外線截止濾波器中要求可見透明性及近紅外線遮蔽性優異。藉由增加近紅外線截止濾波器自身的厚度,能夠提高近紅外線截止濾波器的近紅外線遮蔽性,近年來期望近紅外線截止濾波器薄膜化。In the near-infrared cut filter, it is required to have excellent transparency and near-infrared shielding properties. By increasing the thickness of the near-infrared cut filter itself, it is possible to improve the near-infrared shielding property of the near-infrared cut filter, and in recent years, it is desirable to thin the near-infrared cut filter.

又,近年來,還藉由切割而單片化而使用近紅外線截止濾波器。Further, in recent years, a near-infrared cut filter has been used by dicing by dicing.

本發明的目的為提供一種具有優異之可見透明性及近紅外線遮蔽性且能夠實現薄膜化,並且耐切割性優異之近紅外線截止濾波器。又,本發明的目的為提供一種具備近紅外線截止濾波器之固體攝像元件、照相機模組及圖像顯示裝置。An object of the present invention is to provide a near-infrared cut filter which has excellent visible transparency and near-infrared shielding properties, can be thinned, and is excellent in cut resistance. Moreover, an object of the present invention is to provide a solid-state imaging device including a near-infrared cut filter, a camera module, and an image display device.

本發明人進行積極研究之結果,發現藉由設為以下構成,能夠實現上述目的,以至完成本發明。本發明提供以下內容。 <1>一種近紅外線截止濾波器,其包含:含有銅之玻璃、含有銅化合物之樹脂層、及含有紅外線吸收色素之層。 <2>如<1>所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中,含有銅之玻璃的膜厚為10~10,000μm,含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚為1~500μm,含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚為0.01~10μm。 <3>如<2>所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中,含有銅之玻璃的膜厚與含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚之比為,含有銅之玻璃的膜厚:含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚=[1:30]~[5,000:1]。 <4>如<2>或<3>所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中,含有銅之玻璃的膜厚與含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚之比為,含有銅之玻璃的膜厚:含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚=[2:1]~[500,000:1]。 <5>如<2>至<4>中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中,含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚與含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚之比為,含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚:含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚=[1:5]~[30,000:1]。 <6>如<1>至<5>中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中,含有紅外線吸收色素之層在波長600~1100nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長。 <7>如<1>至<6>中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中,含有紅外線吸收色素之層的極大吸收波長為比含有銅化合物之樹脂層的極大吸收波長短的波長。 <8>如<1>至<7>中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中,含有銅之玻璃與含有銅化合物之樹脂層的其中一個面接觸,並且含有紅外線吸收色素之層與含有銅化合物之樹脂層的其中另一個面接觸。 <9>如<1>至<8>中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中,銅化合物為以下述式(1)所表示之化合物; Cu・(L)n1 ・(X)n2 ……(1) 式中,L為具有針對銅原子之配位部位之配位子,且表示具有1個以上的選自以下基團中之至少1種之化合物,該基團係包含以陰離子對銅原子進行配位之配位部位之基團、及包含以未共用電子對對銅原子進行配位之配位原子之基團,X表示相對離子(counterion),n1表示1~4的整數,n2表示0~4的整數。 <10>如<1>至<9>中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其還包含選自電介質多層膜及紫外線吸收層中之至少1種。 <11>一種固體攝像元件,其具有<1>至<10>中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器。 <12>一種照相機模組,其具有<1>至<10>中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器。 <13>一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有<1>至<10>中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器。 [發明效果]As a result of active research, the present inventors have found that the above object can be achieved by the following constitution, and the present invention has been completed. The present invention provides the following. <1> A near-infrared cut filter comprising: a glass containing copper, a resin layer containing a copper compound, and a layer containing an infrared absorbing dye. <2> The near-infrared cut filter according to <1>, wherein the glass containing copper has a film thickness of 10 to 10,000 μm, and the resin layer containing a copper compound has a film thickness of 1 to 500 μm and contains an infrared absorbing pigment. The film thickness of the layer is 0.01 to 10 μm. <3> The near-infrared cut filter according to <2>, wherein a ratio of a film thickness of the glass containing copper to a film thickness of the resin layer containing a copper compound is a film thickness of the glass containing copper: containing a copper compound The film thickness of the resin layer = [1:30] to [5,000:1]. <4> The near-infrared cut filter according to <2> or <3>, wherein a ratio of a film thickness of the glass containing copper to a film thickness of a layer containing the infrared absorbing dye is a film thickness of the glass containing copper : film thickness of the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye = [2:1] to [500,000:1]. The near-infrared cut filter according to any one of the above aspects, wherein the ratio of the film thickness of the resin layer containing the copper compound to the film thickness of the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye is Film thickness of the resin layer of the copper compound: film thickness of the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye = [1:5] to [30,000:1]. The near-infrared cut filter according to any one of <1> to <5> wherein the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 600 to 1100 nm. The near-infrared cut filter according to any one of <1> to <6> wherein the maximum absorption wavelength of the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye is shorter than the maximum absorption wavelength of the resin layer containing the copper compound. wavelength. The near-infrared cut-off filter according to any one of <1> to <7> wherein the glass containing copper is in contact with one of the surfaces of the resin layer containing the copper compound, and the layer containing the infrared absorbing pigment It is in contact with the other side of the resin layer containing the copper compound. The near-infrared cut filter according to any one of the aspects of the present invention, wherein the copper compound is a compound represented by the following formula (1); Cu (L) n1 (X) In the formula, L is a ligand having a coordination site for a copper atom, and represents a compound having at least one selected from the group consisting of the following groups, the group comprising a group having a coordination site at which an anion coordinates a copper atom, and a group containing a coordinating atom that coordinates a copper atom with an unshared electron pair, X represents a counterion, and n1 represents a 1-4 An integer, n2 represents an integer from 0 to 4. The near-infrared cut filter according to any one of <1> to <9>, further comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of a dielectric multilayer film and an ultraviolet absorbing layer. <11> A solid-state imaging device having the near-infrared cut filter according to any one of <1> to <10>. <12> A camera module having the near-infrared cut filter according to any one of <1> to <10>. <13> An image display device having the near-infrared cut filter according to any one of <1> to <10>. [Effect of the invention]

依本發明,能夠提供一種具有優異之可見透明性及近紅外線遮蔽性且能夠實現薄膜化,並且耐切割性優異之近紅外線截止濾波器。又,能夠提供一種具備近紅外線截止濾波器之固體攝像元件、照相機模組及圖像顯示裝置。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a near-infrared cut filter which has excellent visible transparency and near-infrared shielding properties, can be thinned, and is excellent in cut resistance. Further, it is possible to provide a solid-state imaging device including a near-infrared cut filter, a camera module, and an image display device.

以下,對本發明的內容進行詳細說明。 本說明書中,「~」係將記載於其前後之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之含義來使用。 本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯,「(甲基)烯丙基」表示烯丙基及甲基烯丙基,「(甲基)丙烯酸基((meth)acryl)」表示丙烯酸基(acryl)及甲基丙烯酸基(metha cryl),「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基。 本說明書中的基團(原子團)的標記中,未記有經取代及未經取代之標記,包含不具有取代基之基團(原子團)並且亦包含具有取代基之基團(原子團)。 本說明書中,化學式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Pr表示丙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 本說明書中,近紅外線係指,波長區域為700~2500nm的光(電磁波)。 本說明書中,總固體成分係指,從組成物的所有成分中除去溶劑而得之成分的總質量。 本說明書中,重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量作為藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測定之聚苯乙烯換算值而定義。Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. In the present specification, "~" is used in the sense that the numerical values described before and after are included as the lower limit and the upper limit. In the present specification, "(meth) acrylate" means acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)allyl" means allyl and methallyl, "(meth)acrylic ( "meth)acryl)" means acryl and metha cryl, and "(meth)acryloyl" means propylene fluorenyl and methacryl fluorenyl. In the label of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, a substituted or unsubstituted label, a group having no substituent (atomic group), and a group having a substituent (atomic group) are also not included. In the present specification, Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Pr represents a propyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In the present specification, near-infrared light refers to light (electromagnetic wave) having a wavelength region of 700 to 2500 nm. In the present specification, the total solid content means the total mass of the components obtained by removing the solvent from all the components of the composition. In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are defined as polystyrene equivalent values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

<近紅外線截止濾波器> 本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器,其特徵為,包含:含有銅之玻璃、含有銅化合物之樹脂層、及含有紅外線吸收色素之層。<Near-infrared cut filter> The near-infrared cut filter according to the present invention includes a glass containing copper, a resin layer containing a copper compound, and a layer containing an infrared absorbing dye.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器藉由包含含有銅之玻璃、含有銅化合物之樹脂層、及含有紅外線吸收色素之層,即使為薄膜,亦能夠設為可見透明性及近紅外線遮蔽性優異,並且耐切割性優異之近紅外線截止濾波器。亦即,含有銅化合物之樹脂層具有優異之可見透明性及近紅外線遮蔽性。又,含有銅之玻璃具有適度的近紅外線遮蔽性。本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器包含含有銅之玻璃及含有銅化合物之樹脂層,因此得到優異之可見透明性及近紅外線遮蔽性。又,即使將含有銅之玻璃和/或含有銅化合物之樹脂層的厚度變薄,亦能夠維持優異之可見透明性及近紅外線遮蔽性,因此具有優異之可見透明性及近紅外線遮蔽性且能夠實現薄膜化。又,單獨的含有紅外線吸收色素之層具有被遮蔽之光的波長範圍狹窄之傾向,但藉由組合使用含有銅之玻璃與含有銅化合物之樹脂層,能夠提高如下遮蔽性,亦即,對僅由含有銅之玻璃或含有銅化合物之樹脂層無法充分遮蔽的波長的光之遮蔽性、或者對想要進一步提高遮蔽性的波長的光之遮蔽性。例如,含有銅之玻璃或含有銅化合物之樹脂層對約700~800nm附近的光之遮蔽性不充分者較多,但作為含有紅外線吸收色素之層,藉由使用含有在700~800nm附近具有吸收之紅外線吸收色素之層,能夠設為對寬範圍的近紅外區域的光之遮蔽性優異之近紅外線截止濾波器。 又,含有銅之玻璃具有適度的柔軟性,因此本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器藉由包含含有銅之玻璃,能夠由含有銅之玻璃吸收近紅外線截止濾波器在切割時的衝擊等,從而能夠抑制破裂等的產生,並且能夠提高近紅外線截止濾波器的耐切割性。而且,由於與樹脂層的硬度之差減小,因此當以使含有銅之玻璃與樹脂層直接接觸的方式積層時,在樹脂層與含有銅之玻璃的界面上產生之損傷減少,亦能夠期待抑制樹脂層的剝離之效果。 又,本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器藉由使用含有銅之玻璃及含有銅化合物之樹脂層,即使含有銅化合物之樹脂層的厚度薄,亦能夠得到優異之可見透明性及近紅外線遮蔽性,因此亦能夠抑制翹曲等的產生。The near-infrared cut filter of the present invention is excellent in visible transparency and near-infrared ray shielding properties even if it is a film, including a glass containing copper, a resin layer containing a copper compound, and a layer containing an infrared absorbing dye. A near-infrared cut filter excellent in cut resistance. That is, the resin layer containing a copper compound has excellent visible transparency and near-infrared shielding properties. Further, the glass containing copper has moderate near-infrared shielding properties. The near-infrared cut filter of the present invention comprises a glass containing copper and a resin layer containing a copper compound, thereby obtaining excellent visible transparency and near-infrared shielding properties. Further, even if the thickness of the copper-containing glass and/or the copper compound-containing resin layer is reduced, excellent visible transparency and near-infrared shielding properties can be maintained, so that excellent visible transparency and near-infrared shielding properties can be obtained. Achieve thin film. Further, the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye alone tends to have a narrow wavelength range of the light to be shielded. However, by using a combination of a glass containing copper and a resin layer containing a copper compound, the following shielding properties can be improved, that is, only The shielding property of light having a wavelength which is not sufficiently shielded by a copper-containing glass or a resin layer containing a copper compound, or a shielding property of light having a wavelength which is intended to further improve shielding properties. For example, a glass containing copper or a resin layer containing a copper compound is insufficient in shielding property of light in the vicinity of about 700 to 800 nm, but a layer containing an infrared absorbing dye contains absorption in the vicinity of 700 to 800 nm. The layer of the infrared absorbing dye can be a near-infrared cut filter excellent in light shielding properties in a wide range of near-infrared regions. In addition, since the glass containing copper has moderate flexibility, the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention can absorb the impact of the near-infrared cut filter during cutting by the glass containing copper, and can absorb the impact of the near-infrared cut filter. The generation of cracks or the like is suppressed, and the cut resistance of the near-infrared cut filter can be improved. Further, since the difference in hardness from the resin layer is reduced, when the copper-containing glass is directly contacted with the resin layer, damage occurring at the interface between the resin layer and the glass containing copper can be expected to be reduced. The effect of suppressing peeling of the resin layer is suppressed. Further, in the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, by using a glass containing copper and a resin layer containing a copper compound, even if the thickness of the resin layer containing a copper compound is thin, excellent visible transparency and near-infrared shielding properties can be obtained. Therefore, it is also possible to suppress the occurrence of warpage or the like.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,含有銅之玻璃的膜厚係10~10,000μm為較佳。膜厚的下限值係50μm以上為較佳,100μm以上為更佳,150μm以上為進一步較佳。膜厚的上限值係2000μm以下為較佳,1000μm以下為更佳,500μm以下為進一步較佳,300μm以下為特佳。In the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, the thickness of the glass containing copper is preferably 10 to 10,000 μm. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 50 μm or more, more preferably 100 μm or more, and still more preferably 150 μm or more. The upper limit of the film thickness is preferably 2000 μm or less, more preferably 1000 μm or less, still more preferably 500 μm or less, and particularly preferably 300 μm or less.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚係1~500μm為較佳。膜厚的下限值係5μm以上為較佳,10μm以上為更佳,20μm以上為進一步較佳,30μm以上為特佳。膜厚的上限值係200μm以下為較佳,100μm以下為更佳,75μm以下為進一步較佳,50μm以下為特佳。In the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, the thickness of the resin layer containing the copper compound is preferably from 1 to 500 μm. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 5 μm or more, more preferably 10 μm or more, still more preferably 20 μm or more, and particularly preferably 30 μm or more. The upper limit of the film thickness is preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 100 μm or less, still more preferably 75 μm or less, and particularly preferably 50 μm or less.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚係0.01~10μm為較佳。膜厚的下限值係0.1μm以上為較佳,0.3μm以上為更佳,0.5μm以上為進一步較佳,0.7μm以上為特佳。膜厚的上限值係5μm以下為較佳,3μm以下為更佳,2μm以下為進一步較佳,1μm以下為特佳。In the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, the film thickness of the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.3 μm or more, further preferably 0.5 μm or more, and particularly preferably 0.7 μm or more. The upper limit of the film thickness is preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 3 μm or less, still more preferably 2 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1 μm or less.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,含有銅之玻璃的膜厚與含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚之比,係含有銅之玻璃的膜厚:含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚=[1:50]~[10,000:1]為較佳,[1:30]~[5,000:1]為更佳,[1:1]~[100:1]為進一步較佳,[2:1]~[50:1]為進一步較佳,[3:1]~[20:1]為更進一步較佳,[4:1]~[10:1]為特佳。若兩者的膜厚比在上述範圍內,則近紅外線截止濾波器的近紅外線遮蔽性良好。In the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, the ratio of the film thickness of the glass containing copper to the film thickness of the resin layer containing the copper compound is the film thickness of the glass containing copper: the film thickness of the resin layer containing the copper compound = [ 1:50]~[10,000:1] is preferable, [1:30] to [5,000:1] is more preferable, [1:1] to [100:1] is further preferable, [2:1] Further, it is more preferable that [3:1] to [20:1], and [4:1] to [10:1] are particularly preferable. When the film thickness ratio of both is within the above range, the near-infrared cut filter of the near-infrared cut filter is excellent.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,含有銅之玻璃的膜厚與含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚之比,係含有銅之玻璃的膜厚:含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚=[1:1]~[1,000,000:1]為較佳,[2:1]~[500,000:1]為更佳,[10:1]~[1000:1]為進一步較佳,[30:1]~[700:1]為進一步較佳,[50:1]~[700:1]為更進一步較佳,[100:1]~[300:1]為特佳。若兩者的膜厚比在上述範圍內,則近紅外線截止濾波器的可見透明性及近紅外線遮蔽性良好。In the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, the ratio of the film thickness of the glass containing copper to the film thickness of the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye is the film thickness of the glass containing copper: the film thickness of the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye = [ 1:1]~[1,000,000:1] is preferred, [2:1]~[500,000:1] is better, [10:1]~[1000:1] is further preferred, [30:1] ~[700:1] is further preferred, and [50:1] to [700:1] is further more preferable, and [100:1] to [300:1] are particularly preferable. When the film thickness ratio of both is within the above range, the near-infrared cut filter has good visibility and near-infrared shielding properties.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚與含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚之比,係含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚:含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚=[1:10]~[50,000:1]為較佳,[1:5]~[30,000:1]為更佳,[1:1]~[300:1]為進一步較佳,[3:1]~[200:1]為進一步較佳,[5:1]~[100:1]為更進一步較佳,[10:1]~[50:1]為特佳。若兩者的膜厚比在上述範圍內,則近紅外線截止濾波器的可見透明性及近紅外線遮蔽性良好。In the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, the ratio of the film thickness of the resin layer containing the copper compound to the film thickness of the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye is a film thickness of the resin layer containing the copper compound: a layer containing the infrared absorbing dye layer. The film thickness = [1:10] to [50,000:1] is preferable, [1:5] to [30,000:1] is more preferable, and [1:1] to [300:1] is further preferable, [ 3:1] to [200:1] are further preferable, [5:1] to [100:1] are further more preferable, and [10:1] to [50:1] are particularly preferable. When the film thickness ratio of both is within the above range, the near-infrared cut filter has good visibility and near-infrared shielding properties.

作為本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器的較佳態樣,係含有銅之玻璃的膜厚為100~500μm,含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚為10~100μm,含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚為0.5~2.0μm,並且含有紅外線吸收色素之層的極大吸收波長為比含有銅化合物之樹脂層的極大吸收波長短的波長為較佳。依據該態樣,能夠設為可見透明性優異,並且對寬範圍的近紅外區域的光之遮蔽性優異之近紅外線截止濾波器。而且,耐切割性亦優異。In a preferred embodiment of the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, the film containing copper has a thickness of 100 to 500 μm, and the resin layer containing a copper compound has a thickness of 10 to 100 μm, and a film containing a layer of an infrared absorbing dye. The thickness is 0.5 to 2.0 μm, and the wavelength of the maximum absorption wavelength of the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye is preferably shorter than the wavelength of the maximum absorption wavelength of the resin layer containing the copper compound. According to this aspect, it is possible to provide a near-infrared cut filter which is excellent in visible transparency and excellent in light shielding properties in a wide range of near-infrared regions. Moreover, the cut resistance is also excellent.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,在波長700nm以上且小於800nm的範圍內,相對於近紅外線截止濾波器之膜表面從垂直方向照射之光的透射率的平均值係20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,5%以下為特佳。又,本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,在波長800~1000nm的總範圍內,相對於近紅外線截止濾波器之膜表面從垂直方向照射之光的透射率係20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,5%以下為特佳。 又,本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,在800~1100nm的範圍內,相對於近紅外線截止濾波器之膜表面從垂直方向照射之光的透射率的平均值係20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,5%以下為特佳。又,本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,在波長800~1100nm的總範圍內,相對於近紅外線截止濾波器之膜表面從垂直方向照射之光的透射率係20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,5%以下為特佳。In the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, in the range of the wavelength of 700 nm or more and less than 800 nm, the average value of the transmittance of the light irradiated from the vertical direction with respect to the film surface of the near-infrared cut filter is 20% or less. 15% or less is more preferable, 10% or less is further preferable, and 5% or less is particularly preferable. Further, in the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, in the total range of the wavelength of 800 to 1000 nm, the transmittance of the light irradiated from the vertical direction with respect to the film surface of the near-infrared cut filter is preferably 20% or less, 15 % or less is more preferable, 10% or less is further preferable, and 5% or less is particularly preferable. Further, in the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, in the range of 800 to 1100 nm, the average value of the transmittance of the light irradiated from the vertical direction with respect to the film surface of the near-infrared cut filter is preferably 20% or less. 15% or less is more preferable, 10% or less is further preferable, and 5% or less is particularly preferable. Further, in the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, in the total range of the wavelength of 800 to 1100 nm, the transmittance of the light irradiated from the vertical direction with respect to the film surface of the near-infrared cut filter is preferably 20% or less. % or less is more preferable, 10% or less is further preferable, and 5% or less is particularly preferable.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,波長700~1100nm的範圍內的反射率的平均值係20%以下為較佳,10%以下為更佳,5%以下為進一步較佳。又,本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,在波長700~1100nm的總範圍內,反射率係20%以下為較佳,10%以下為更佳,5%以下為進一步較佳。依據該態樣,能夠設為視角寬且紅外線遮蔽性優異之近紅外線截止濾波器。上述反射率為,使用U-4100(Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation製造),將近紅外線截止濾波器的表面法線方向設為0°,並將入射角度設定為5°而測定而得之值。In the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, the average value of the reflectance in the range of 700 to 1100 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and still more preferably 5% or less. Further, in the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, the reflectance is preferably 20% or less in a total range of wavelengths of 700 to 1100 nm, more preferably 10% or less, still more preferably 5% or less. According to this aspect, it is possible to provide a near-infrared cut filter having a wide viewing angle and excellent infrared shielding properties. The reflectance was measured by using U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), the surface normal direction of the near-infrared cut filter was set to 0°, and the incident angle was set to 5°.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,相對於近紅外線截止濾波器之膜表面從垂直方向照射之光的透射率係滿足以下(1)至(13)中的至少一個條件為較佳,滿足以下(1)至(4)的所有條件為更佳,滿足(1)至(13)的所有條件為進一步較佳。 (1)波長400nm的光透射率係80%以上為較佳,90%以上為更佳,92%以上為進一步較佳,95%以上為特佳。 (2)波長450nm的光透射率係80%以上為較佳,90%以上為更佳,92%以上為進一步較佳,95%以上為特佳。 (3)波長500nm的光透射率係80%以上為較佳,90%以上為更佳,92%以上為進一步較佳,95%以上為特佳。 (4)波長550nm的光透射率係80%以上為較佳,90%以上為更佳,92%以上為進一步較佳,95%以上為特佳。 (5)波長700nm的光透射率係20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,5%以下為特佳。 (6)波長750nm的光透射率係20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,5%以下為特佳。 (7)波長800nm的光透射率係20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,5%以下為特佳。 (8)波長850nm的光透射率係20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,5%以下為特佳。 (9)波長900nm的光透射率係20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,5%以下為特佳。 (10)波長950nm的光透射率係20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,5%以下為特佳。 (11)波長1000nm的光透射率係20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,5%以下為特佳。 (12)波長1050nm的光透射率係20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,5%以下為特佳。 (13)波長1100nm的光透射率係20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳,5%以下為特佳。In the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, it is preferable that the transmittance of the light irradiated from the vertical direction with respect to the film surface of the near-infrared cut filter satisfies at least one of the following conditions (1) to (13), and the following is satisfied. All of the conditions (1) to (4) are more preferable, and all the conditions satisfying (1) to (13) are further preferable. (1) The light transmittance at a wavelength of 400 nm is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, further preferably 92% or more, and particularly preferably 95% or more. (2) The light transmittance at a wavelength of 450 nm is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, further preferably 92% or more, and particularly preferably 95% or more. (3) The light transmittance at a wavelength of 500 nm is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, further preferably 92% or more, and particularly preferably 95% or more. (4) The light transmittance at a wavelength of 550 nm is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, further preferably 92% or more, and particularly preferably 95% or more. (5) The light transmittance at a wavelength of 700 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, still more preferably 10% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less. (6) The light transmittance at a wavelength of 750 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, further preferably 10% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less. (7) The light transmittance at a wavelength of 800 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, still more preferably 10% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less. (8) The light transmittance at a wavelength of 850 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, further preferably 10% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less. (9) The light transmittance at a wavelength of 900 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, still more preferably 10% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less. (10) The light transmittance at a wavelength of 950 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, further preferably 10% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less. (11) The light transmittance at a wavelength of 1000 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, further preferably 10% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less. (12) The light transmittance at a wavelength of 1050 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, still more preferably 10% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less. (13) The light transmittance at a wavelength of 1100 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, further preferably 10% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中,在波長400~550nm的所有範圍內的透射率係85%以上為較佳,90%以上為更佳,95%以上為進一步較佳。可見區域的透射率越高越佳。In the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention, the transmittance in all ranges of 400 to 550 nm is preferably 85% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and still more preferably 95% or more. The higher the transmittance of the visible region, the better.

以下,對本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器進行詳細說明。Hereinafter, the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention will be described in detail.

<<含有銅之玻璃>> 本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器包含含有銅之玻璃。作為銅玻璃,可舉出含有銅之磷酸鹽玻璃、含有銅之氟磷酸鹽玻璃等。作為含有銅之玻璃中的銅的含量,係0.1~20質量%為較佳,0.3~17質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳。<<Glass Containing Copper>> The near-infrared cut filter of the present invention comprises a glass containing copper. Examples of the copper glass include phosphate glass containing copper and fluorophosphate glass containing copper. The content of copper in the glass containing copper is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 17% by mass, still more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass.

本發明中,含有銅之玻璃在波長700~1100nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長為較佳。下限係800nm以上為較佳,900nm以上為更佳。上限係1050nm以下為較佳,1000nm以下為更佳。In the present invention, it is preferred that the glass containing copper has a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 700 to 1100 nm. The lower limit is preferably 800 nm or more, more preferably 900 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 1050 nm or less, more preferably 1000 nm or less.

作為含有銅之玻璃的具體例,可舉出以下。 (1)以質量%計,包括P2 O5 46~70%、AlF3 0.2~20%、ΣRF(R=Li、Na、K)0~25%、ΣR’F2 (R’=Mg、Ca、Sr、Ba、Pb) 1~50%,且相對於含有F 0.5~32%、O 26~54%之基礎玻璃100質量份,外觀顯示中含有CuO 0.5~7質量份之玻璃。 (2)以質量%計,包括P2 O5 25~60%、Al2 O3 1~13%、MgO 1~10%、CaO 1~16%、BaO 1~26%、SrO 0~16%、ZnO 0~16%、Li2 O 0~13%、Na2 O 0~10%、K2 O 0~11%、CuO 1~7%、ΣRO(R=Mg、Ca、Sr、Ba) 15~40%、ΣR’2 O(R’=Li、Na、K) 3~18%(其中,39%莫耳量之前的O2- 離子被F所取代)之玻璃。 (3)以質量%計,含有P2 O5 5~45%、AlF3 1~35%、ΣRF(R=Li、Na、K) 0~40%、ΣR’F2 (R’=Mg、Ca、Sr、Ba、Pb、Zn) 10~75%、R”Fm (R”=La、Y、Cd、Si、B、Zr、Ta、m為相當於R”的原子價之數) 0~15%(其中,能夠將氟化物總合計量的70%之前者取代為氧化物)及CuO 0.2~15%之玻璃。 (4)以陽離子%計,含有P5+ 11~43%、Al3+ 1~29%、ΣR陽離子(R=Mg、Ca、Sr、Ba、Pb、Zn) 14~50%、ΣR’陽離子(R’=Li、Na、K) 0~43%、ΣR”陽離子(R”=La、Y、Gd、Si、B、Zr、Ta) 0~8%及Cu2+ 0.5~13%,而且以陰離子%計含有F- 17~80%之玻璃。 (5)以陽離子%計,含有P5+ 23~41%、Al3+ 4~16%、Li+ 11~40%、Na+ 3~13%、ΣR陽離子(R=Mg、Ca、Sr、Ba、Zn) 12~53%及Cu2+ 2.6~4.7%,而且以陰離子%計含有F- 25~48%及O2- 52~75%之玻璃。 (6)以質量%計,相對於包括P2 O5 70~85%、Al2 O3 8~17%、B2 O3 1~10%、Li2 O 0~3%、Na2 O 0~5%、K2 O 0~5%(其中ΣR2 O(R=Li、Na、K) 0.1~5%、SiO2 0~3%)之基礎玻璃100質量份,以外百分比(outer percentage)計含有CuO 0.1~5質量份之玻璃。Specific examples of the glass containing copper include the following. (1) In terms of mass%, including P 2 O 5 46 to 70%, AlF 3 0.2 to 20%, ΣRF (R = Li, Na, K) 0 to 25%, ΣR'F 2 (R' = Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, and Pb) are from 1 to 50%, and the appearance of the base glass is 0.5 to 7 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the base glass containing 0.5 to 32% of F and 26 to 54% of O. (2) In terms of mass%, including P 2 O 5 25 to 60%, Al 2 O 3 1 to 13%, MgO 1 to 10%, CaO 1 to 16%, BaO 1 to 26%, and SrO 0 to 16%. ZnO 0 to 16%, Li 2 O 0 to 13%, Na 2 O 0 to 10%, K 2 O 0 to 11%, CuO 1 to 7%, ΣRO (R = Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba) 15 ~40%, ΣR′ 2 O (R′=Li, Na, K) 3 to 18% (where 39% of the O 2 ions before the mole is replaced by F) glass. (3) In terms of mass%, it contains 5 to 45% of P 2 O 5 , 1 to 35% of AlF 3 , 0 to 40% of ΣRF (R=Li, Na, K), and ΣR'F 2 (R'=Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Pb, Zn) 10 to 75%, R"F m (R" = La, Y, Cd, Si, B, Zr, Ta, m is the number of valences equivalent to R") ~15% (in which 70% of the total amount of fluoride can be replaced by an oxide) and 0.20 to 15% of CuO. (4) P 5+ 11 to 43%, Al, in terms of cationic % 3+ 1~29%, ΣR cation (R=Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Pb, Zn) 14~50%, ΣR′ cation (R′=Li, Na, K) 0~43%, ΣR” cation (R" = La, Y, Gd, Si, B, Zr, Ta) 0 to 8% and Cu 2+ 0.5 to 13%, and contain - 17 to 80% of glass in terms of anion %. In terms of cationic percentage, it contains P 5+ 23 to 41%, Al 3+ 4 to 16%, Li + 11 to 40%, Na + 3 to 13%, and ΣR cation (R = Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Zn). 12 to 53% and Cu 2+ 2.6 to 4.7%, and contain F - 25 to 48% and O 2 to 52 to 75% of glass in terms of anion %. (6) In terms of mass%, relative to P 2 O 5 70 ~ 85%, Al 2 O 3 8 ~ 17%, B 2 O 3 1 ~ 10%, Li 2 O 0 3%, Na 2 O 0 ~ 5%, K 2 O 0 ~ 5% ( where ΣR 2 O (R = Li, Na, K) 0.1 ~ 5%, SiO 2 0 ~ 3%) of the base glass 100 parts by mass The outer percentage is a glass containing 0.1 to 5 parts by mass of CuO.

含有銅之玻璃亦能夠使用市售品。作為含有銅之玻璃的市售品,可舉出NF-50(AGC TECHNO GLASS CO., LTD.製造)等。A commercially available product can also be used for the glass containing copper. As a commercial item of the glass containing copper, NF-50 (made by AGC TECHNO GLASS CO., LTD.) etc. are mentioned.

<<含有銅化合物之樹脂層>> 本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器包含含有銅化合物之樹脂層(以下,還稱為樹脂層)。<<Resin layer containing a copper compound>> The near-infrared cut filter of the present invention contains a resin layer containing a copper compound (hereinafter also referred to as a resin layer).

本發明中,樹脂層在波長700~1100nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長為較佳。下限係800nm以上為較佳,900nm以上為更佳。上限係1050nm以下為較佳,1000nm以下為更佳。又,樹脂層的極大吸收波長與上述含有銅之玻璃的極大吸收波長之差係300nm以下為較佳,200nm以下為更佳,150nm以下為進一步較佳。下限係10nm以上為較佳,20nm以上為更佳,30nm以上為進一步較佳,50m以上為進一步較佳。又,樹脂層的極大吸收波長存在於比含有銅之玻璃的極大吸收波長更靠長波長側為較佳。In the present invention, it is preferred that the resin layer has a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 700 to 1100 nm. The lower limit is preferably 800 nm or more, more preferably 900 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 1050 nm or less, more preferably 1000 nm or less. Further, the difference between the maximum absorption wavelength of the resin layer and the maximum absorption wavelength of the copper-containing glass is preferably 300 nm or less, more preferably 200 nm or less, and still more preferably 150 nm or less. The lower limit is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 20 nm or more, still more preferably 30 nm or more, and further preferably 50 m or more. Further, the maximum absorption wavelength of the resin layer is preferably on the longer wavelength side than the maximum absorption wavelength of the glass containing copper.

樹脂層中的銅化合物的含量係5~90質量%為較佳。下限係10質量%以上為較佳,15質量%以上為更佳,20質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。關於銅化合物的詳細內容將進行後述。The content of the copper compound in the resin layer is preferably from 5 to 90% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, and still more preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and still more preferably 50% by mass or less. The details of the copper compound will be described later.

樹脂層中的樹脂的含量係10~90質量%為較佳。下限係30質量%以上為較佳,35質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為特佳。上限係85質量%以下為較佳,80質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳。The content of the resin in the resin layer is preferably from 10 to 90% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 35% by mass or more, still more preferably 40% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 85% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and still more preferably 70% by mass or less.

樹脂層能夠使用含有銅化合物和樹脂之樹脂組成物而形成。以下,對能夠較佳地使用於本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中的樹脂層的形成之樹脂組成物(樹脂層形成用樹脂組成物)進行說明。The resin layer can be formed using a resin composition containing a copper compound and a resin. In the following, a resin composition (resin composition for resin layer formation) which can be preferably used for forming a resin layer in the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention will be described.

樹脂組成物含有銅化合物。作為銅化合物,係銅錯合物為較佳。作為銅錯合物,銅與具有針對銅之配位部位之化合物(配位子)的錯合物為較佳。作為針對銅之配位部位,可舉出以陰離子進行配位之配位部位、以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子。銅錯合物亦可具有2個以上的配位子。當具有2個以上的配位子時,各配位子可以相同,亦可以不同。銅錯合物可例示4配位、5配位及6配位,4配位及5配位為更佳,5配位為進一步較佳。又,銅錯合物藉由銅和配位子形成有5員環和/或6員環為較佳。該種銅錯合物的形狀穩定,且穩定性優異。The resin composition contains a copper compound. As the copper compound, a copper complex is preferred. As the copper complex, a complex of copper and a compound (coordination) having a coordination site for copper is preferred. Examples of the coordination site for copper include a coordination site coordinated by an anion and a coordination atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair. The copper complex may also have two or more ligands. When there are two or more ligands, each of the ligands may be the same or different. The copper complex can be exemplified by 4 coordination, 5 coordination and 6 coordination, 4 coordination and 5 coordination are more preferred, and 5 coordination is further preferred. Further, it is preferred that the copper complex is formed of a 5-membered ring and/or a 6-membered ring by copper and a ligand. The copper complex is stable in shape and excellent in stability.

本發明中,銅錯合物為除酞青銅錯合物以外的銅錯合物亦較佳。此處,酞青銅錯合物係指,將具有酞青骨架之化合物作為配位子之銅錯合物。具有酞青骨架之化合物在分子整體中擴散有π電子共軛系統,且採取平面結構。酞青銅錯合物藉由π-π*過渡而吸收光。藉由π-π*過渡而吸收紅外區域的光時,形成配位子之化合物需要採取較長共軛結構。然而,若將配位子的共軛結構設為較長,則可見透明性具有下降之傾向。因此,酞青銅錯合物的可見透明性有時會不充分。 又,銅錯合物為將在400~600nm的波長區域不具有極大吸收波長之化合物作為配位子之銅錯合物亦較佳。將在400~600nm的波長區域具有極大吸收波長之化合物作為配位子之銅錯合物中,由於在可見區域(例如,400~600nm的波長區域)具有吸收,因此可見透明性有時會不充分。作為在400~600nm的波長區域具有極大吸收波長之化合物,可舉出具有長共軛結構且π-π*過渡的光的吸收較大之化合物。具體而言,可舉出具有酞青骨架之化合物。In the present invention, the copper complex is preferably a copper complex other than the beryllium bronze complex. Here, the indigo bronze complex refers to a copper complex which has a compound having a indigo skeleton as a ligand. The compound having a indigo skeleton diffuses a π-electron conjugated system in the entire molecule, and adopts a planar structure. The beryllium bronze complex absorbs light by a π-π* transition. When the light in the infrared region is absorbed by the π-π* transition, the compound forming the ligand needs to adopt a longer conjugated structure. However, when the conjugated structure of the ligand is made longer, it is seen that the transparency tends to decrease. Therefore, the visible transparency of the beryllium bronze complex is sometimes insufficient. Further, the copper complex is preferably a copper complex which has a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 400 to 600 nm as a ligand. In a copper complex which has a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 400 to 600 nm as a ligand, since it has absorption in a visible region (for example, a wavelength region of 400 to 600 nm), transparency may not be observed. full. Examples of the compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 400 to 600 nm include a compound having a long conjugated structure and a large absorption of light of a π-π* transition. Specifically, a compound having an indigo skeleton can be mentioned.

銅錯合物例如能夠藉由使具有針對銅之配位部位之化合物(配位子)與銅成分(銅或含銅之化合物)進行混合、反應等而得到。具有針對銅之配位部位之化合物(配位子)可以為低分子化合物,亦可以為聚合物。亦能夠併用兩者。The copper complex can be obtained, for example, by mixing, reacting, or the like with a compound (coordinator) having a coordination site for copper and a copper component (copper or a compound containing copper). The compound (coordination) having a coordination site for copper may be a low molecular compound or a polymer. It is also possible to use both.

銅成分為含有二價銅之化合物為較佳。銅成分可以僅使用1種,亦可使用2種以上。作為銅成分,例如能夠使用氧化銅或銅鹽。銅鹽例如為羧酸銅(例如,乙酸銅、乙基乙醯乙酸銅、甲酸銅、苯甲酸銅、硬脂酸銅、環烷酸銅、檸檬酸銅、2-乙基己酸銅等)、磺酸銅(例如,甲磺酸銅等)、磷酸銅、磷酸酯銅、膦酸銅、膦酸酯銅、次膦酸銅、醯胺銅、磺醯胺銅、醯亞胺銅、醯基磺醯亞胺銅、雙磺醯亞胺銅、甲基化銅、烷氧基銅、苯氧基銅、氫氧化銅、碳酸銅、硫酸銅、硝酸銅、過氯酸銅、氟化銅、氯化銅、溴化銅為較佳,羧酸銅、磺酸銅、磺醯胺銅、醯亞胺銅、醯基磺醯亞胺銅、雙磺醯亞胺銅、烷氧基銅、苯氧基銅、氫氧化銅、碳酸銅、氟化銅、氯化銅、硫酸銅、硝酸銅為更佳,羧酸銅、醯基磺醯亞胺銅、苯氧基銅、氯化銅、硫酸銅、硝酸銅為進一步較佳,羧酸銅、醯基磺醯亞胺銅、氯化銅、硫酸銅為特佳。The copper component is preferably a compound containing divalent copper. The copper component may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the copper component, for example, copper oxide or a copper salt can be used. The copper salt is, for example, copper carboxylate (for example, copper acetate, copper ethyl acetate, copper formate, copper benzoate, copper stearate, copper naphthenate, copper citrate, copper 2-ethylhexanoate, etc.) Copper sulfonate (for example, copper methanesulfonate, etc.), copper phosphate, copper phosphate, copper phosphonate, copper phosphonate, copper phosphinate, copper amide, copper sulfonamide, copper bismuth amide, bismuth Copper sulfonimide, copper bissulfonimide, copper methylate, copper alkoxide, copper phenoxide, copper hydroxide, copper carbonate, copper sulfate, copper nitrate, copper perchlorate, copper fluoride Copper chloride, copper bromide is preferred, copper carboxylate, copper sulfonate, copper sulfonamide, copper guanidinium, copper sulfonium sulfoximine, copper bissulfonimide, copper alkoxide, More preferably, copper phenoxide, copper hydroxide, copper carbonate, copper fluoride, copper chloride, copper sulfate or copper nitrate, copper carboxylate, copper sulfonium sulfoxide, copper phenoxide, copper chloride, Further, copper sulfate or copper nitrate is further preferred, and copper carboxylate, copper sulfonium sulfoximine, copper chloride, and copper sulfate are particularly preferred.

銅化合物為在波長700~1200nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物為較佳。關於銅化合物的極大吸收波長,在波長720~1200nm的範圍內具有為更佳,在波長800~1100nm的範圍內具有為進一步較佳。銅化合物的極大吸收波長例如能夠使用Cary 5000 UV-Vis-NIR(分光光度計 Agilent Technologies,Inc.製造)進行測定。 銅化合物的上述波長區域中的極大吸收波長下的莫耳吸光係數係120(L/mol・cm)以上為較佳,150(L/mol・cm)以上為更佳,200(L/mol・cm)以上為進一步較佳,300(L/mol・cm)以上為更進一步較佳,400(L/mol・cm)以上為特佳。上限並無特別限定,例如,能夠設為30000(L/mol・cm)以下。若銅化合物的上述莫耳吸光係數為100(L/mol・cm)以上,即使為薄膜,亦能夠設為紅外線遮蔽性優異之近紅外線截止濾波器。 銅化合物的波長800nm下的克吸光係數係0.11(L/g・cm)以上為較佳,0.15(L/g・cm)以上為更佳,0.24(L/g・cm)以上為進一步較佳。 另外,本發明中,銅化合物的莫耳吸光係數及克吸光係數能夠藉由將銅化合物溶解於測定溶劑中而製備1g/L濃度的溶液,並測定溶解有銅化合物之溶液的吸收光譜而求出。作為測定裝置,能夠使用SHIMADZU CORPORATION製造的UV-1800(波長區域200~1100nm)、Agilent製造的Cary 5000(波長區域200~1300nm)等。作為測定溶劑,可舉出水、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、丙二醇單甲醚、1,2,4-三氯苯、丙酮。本發明中,從上述測定溶劑中選擇能夠溶解作為測定對象的銅化合物者而使用。當為溶解於丙二醇單甲醚之銅化合物時,作為測定溶劑,使用丙二醇單甲醚為較佳。另外,溶解係表示銅化合物相對於25℃的溶劑之溶解度超過0.01g/100g溶劑(Solvent)之狀態。 本發明中,銅化合物的莫耳吸光係數及克吸光係數為,使用上述測定溶劑中的任一種進行測定而得之值為較佳,使用丙二醇單甲醚進行測定而得之值為更佳。The copper compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 700 to 1200 nm. The maximum absorption wavelength of the copper compound is more preferably in the range of 720 to 1200 nm, and further preferably in the range of 800 to 1100 nm. The maximum absorption wavelength of the copper compound can be measured, for example, using Cary 5000 UV-Vis-NIR (spectrophotometer Agilent Technologies, Inc.). The Mohr absorbance coefficient 120 (L/mol·cm) or more at the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of the copper compound is preferably 150 (L/mol·cm) or more, and 200 (L/mol·· More preferably, the above is more preferably 300 (L/mol·cm) or more, and more preferably 400 (L/mol·cm) or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be set to 30,000 (L/mol·cm) or less. When the molar absorption coefficient of the copper compound is 100 (L/mol·cm) or more, a near-infrared cut filter excellent in infrared shielding properties can be used even in the case of a film. The gram absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 800 nm of the copper compound is preferably 0.11 (L/g·cm) or more, more preferably 0.15 (L/g·cm) or more, and further preferably 0.24 (L/g·cm) or more. . Further, in the present invention, the molar absorption coefficient and the gram extinction coefficient of the copper compound can be prepared by dissolving a copper compound in a measurement solvent to prepare a solution having a concentration of 1 g/L, and measuring the absorption spectrum of the solution in which the copper compound is dissolved. Out. As the measuring device, UV-1800 (wavelength region 200 to 1100 nm) manufactured by SHIMADZU CORPORATION, Cary 5000 (wavelength region 200 to 1300 nm) manufactured by Agilent, or the like can be used. Examples of the measurement solvent include water, N,N-dimethylformamide, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene, and acetone. In the present invention, a copper compound capable of dissolving the measurement target is selected from the above-mentioned measurement solvents. When it is a copper compound dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether, it is preferable to use propylene glycol monomethyl ether as a measurement solvent. Further, the dissolution system indicates a state in which the solubility of the copper compound with respect to the solvent at 25 ° C exceeds 0.01 g / 100 g of the solvent (Solvent). In the present invention, the molar absorption coefficient and the gram extinction coefficient of the copper compound are preferably measured by using any one of the above-mentioned measurement solvents, and the value obtained by measurement using propylene glycol monomethyl ether is more preferable.

[低分子型銅錯合物] 作為銅錯合物,例如能夠使用以式(Cu-1)所表示之銅錯合物。該銅錯合物為在中心金屬的銅上配位有配位子L之銅錯合物,銅通常為二價銅。該銅錯合物例如能夠使成為配位子L之化合物或其鹽與銅成分發生反應等而得到。 Cu(L)n1 ・(X)n2 式(Cu-1) 上述式中,L表示與銅進行配位之配位子,X表示相對離子。n1表示1~4的整數。n2表示0~4的整數。[Low-Molecular Copper Complex] As the copper complex, for example, a copper complex represented by the formula (Cu-1) can be used. The copper complex is a copper complex in which a ligand L is coordinated to the copper of the central metal, and the copper is usually divalent copper. The copper complex can be obtained, for example, by reacting a compound which is a ligand L or a salt thereof with a copper component. Cu(L) n1・(X) n2 Formula (Cu-1) In the above formula, L represents a ligand coordinated to copper, and X represents a counter ion. N1 represents an integer of 1 to 4. N2 represents an integer of 0 to 4.

X表示相對離子。銅錯合物除了成為不具有電荷之中性錯合物以外,有時還成為陽離子錯合物、陰離子錯合物。該情況下,視需要而存在相對離子以將銅錯合物的電荷進行中和。 當相對離子為帶負的電荷的相對離子(相對陰離子)時,例如可以為無機陰離子,亦可以為有機陰離子。例如,作為相對離子,可舉出氫氧化物離子、鹵素陰離子(例如,氟化物離子、氯化物離子、溴化物離子、碘化物離子等)、經取代或未經取代的烷基羧酸離子(乙酸離子、三氟乙酸離子等)、經取代或未經取代的芳基羧酸離子(苯甲酸離子等)、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺酸離子(甲磺酸離子、三氟甲磺酸離子等)、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺酸離子(例如對甲苯磺酸離子、對氯苯磺酸離子等)、芳基二磺酸離子(例如1,3-苯二磺酸離子、1,5-萘二磺酸離子、2,6-萘二磺酸離子等)、烷基硫酸離子(例如甲基硫酸離子等)、硫酸離子、硫氰酸離子、硝酸離子、過氯酸離子、硼酸離子(例如,四氟硼酸離子、四芳基硼酸離子、四(五氟苯基)硼酸離子(B- (C6 F54 )等)、磺酸鹽離子(例如,對甲苯磺酸鹽離子等)、醯亞胺離子(例如,磺醯亞胺離子、N,N-雙(氟磺醯)醯亞胺離子、雙(三氟甲磺醯)醯亞胺離子、雙(九氟丁磺醯)醯亞胺離子、N,N-六氟-1,3-二磺醯基醯亞胺離子等)、磷酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、苦味酸離子、醯胺離子(包含被醯基或磺醯基取代之醯胺)、甲基化離子(包含被醯基或磺醯基取代之甲基化物),鹵素陰離子、經取代或未經取代的烷基羧酸離子、硫酸離子、硝酸離子、四氟硼酸離子、四芳基硼酸離子、六氟磷酸根離子、醯胺離子(包含被醯基或磺醯基取代之醯胺)、甲基化離子(包含被醯基或磺醯基取代之甲基化物)為較佳。 又,相對陰離子為低親核性陰離子為較佳。低親核性陰離子係指,一般被稱為超強酸(super acid)之pKa低的酸將質子解離而成之陰離子。超強酸的定義依文獻而不同,但為pKa比甲磺酸低的酸的總稱,已知有記載於有機化學期刊(J.Org.Chem.)2011,76,391-395,超強酸的平衡酸度(Equilibrium Acidities of Super acids)之結構。低親核性陰離子的pKa例如係-11以下為較佳,-11~-18為較佳。pKa例如能夠藉由有機化學期刊(J.Org.Chem.)2011,76,391-395中記載的方法進行測定。本說明書中的pKa值在沒有特別規定的情況下,為1,2-二氯乙烷中的pKa。若相對陰離子為低親核性陰離子,則很難發生銅錯合物或樹脂的分解反應,耐熱性良好。低親核性陰離子係四氟硼酸離子、四芳基硼酸離子(包含被鹵素原子或氟烷基取代之芳基)、六氟磷酸根離子、醯亞胺離子(包含被醯基或磺醯基取代之醯胺)、甲基化離子(包含被醯基或磺醯基取代之甲基化物)為更佳,四芳基硼酸離子(包含被鹵素原子或氟烷基取代之芳基)、醯亞胺離子(包含被磺醯基取代之醯胺)、甲基化離子(包含被磺醯基取代之甲基化物)為特佳。 又,本發明中,相對陰離子係鹵素陰離子、羧酸離子、磺酸離子、硼酸離子、磺酸鹽離子、醯亞胺離子亦較佳。作為具體例,可舉出氯化物離子、溴化物離子、碘化物離子、乙酸離子、三氟乙酸離子、甲酸鹽離子、磷酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、對甲苯磺酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸離子、四(五氟苯基)硼酸離子、N,N-雙(氟磺醯)醯亞胺離子、雙(三氟甲磺醯)醯亞胺離子、雙(九氟丁磺醯)醯亞胺離子、九氟-N-[(三氟甲烷)磺醯基]丁磺醯基醯亞胺離子、N,N-六氟-1,3-二磺醯基醯亞胺離子等,三氟乙酸離子、六氟磷酸根離子、四氟硼酸離子、四(五氟苯基)硼酸離子、N,N-雙(氟磺醯)醯亞胺離子、雙(三氟甲磺醯)醯亞胺離子、雙(九氟丁磺醯)醯亞胺離子、九氟-N-[(三氟甲烷)磺醯基]丁磺醯基醯亞胺離子、N,N-六氟-1,3-二磺醯基醯亞胺離子為較佳,三氟乙酸離子、四(五氟苯基)硼酸離子、N,N-雙(氟磺醯)醯亞胺離子、雙(三氟甲磺醯)醯亞胺離子、雙(九氟丁磺醯)醯亞胺離子、九氟-N-[(三氟甲烷)磺醯基]丁磺醯基醯亞胺離子、N,N-六氟-1,3-二磺醯基醯亞胺離子為更佳。 當相對離子為帶正的電荷的相對離子(相對陽離子)的情況下,例如可舉出無機或有機銨離子(例如,四丁基銨離子等四烷基銨離子、三乙基苄基銨離子、吡啶離子等)、鏻離子(例如,四丁基鏻離子等四烷基鏻離子、烷基三苯基鏻離子、三乙基苯基鏻離子等)、鹼金屬離子或質子。 又,相對離子亦可以為金屬錯合物離子(例如銅錯合物離子等)。X represents a relative ion. The copper complex compound may be a cation complex or an anion complex in addition to a charge-neutral complex. In this case, relative ions are present as needed to neutralize the charge of the copper complex. When the counter ion is a counter ion with a negative charge (relative anion), it may be, for example, an inorganic anion or an organic anion. For example, examples of the counter ion include a hydroxide ion, a halogen anion (for example, a fluoride ion, a chloride ion, a bromide ion, an iodide ion, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarboxylic acid ion ( Acetate ion, trifluoroacetate ion, etc., substituted or unsubstituted aryl carboxylic acid ion (benzoic acid ion, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl sulfonate ion (methanesulfonate ion, trifluoromethyl Sulfonic acid ion, etc., substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonate ion (eg, p-toluenesulfonate ion, p-chlorobenzenesulfonate ion, etc.), aryldisulfonate ion (eg, 1,3-benzenedisulfonate) Acid ion, 1,5-naphthalenedisulfonic acid ion, 2,6-naphthalene disulfonic acid ion, etc.), alkyl sulfate ion (such as methyl sulfate ion, etc.), sulfate ion, thiocyanate ion, nitrate ion, over Chloride ion, boric acid ion (for example, tetrafluoroboric acid ion, tetraarylboronic acid ion, tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate ion (B - (C 6 F 5 ) 4 ), etc.), sulfonate ion (for example, P-toluenesulfonate ion, etc., quinone imine ion (eg, sulfonimide) , N,N-bis(fluorosulfonate) quinone imine ion, bis(trifluoromethanesulfonate) quinone imine ion, bis(nonafluorobutanesulfonate) quinone imine ion, N,N-hexafluoro- 1,3-disulfonyl quinone imine ion, etc.), phosphate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, picric acid ion, guanamine ion (containing decyl or sulfonyl substituted guanamine), methylation Ionic (containing a methyl group substituted by a sulfhydryl group or a sulfonyl group), a halogen anion, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarboxylic acid ion, a sulfate ion, a nitrate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a tetraarylboronic acid ion, A hexafluorophosphate ion, a guanamine ion (containing a guanamine substituted with a sulfhydryl group or a sulfonyl group), a methylated ion (a methyl group substituted with a thiol group or a sulfonyl group) is preferred. Further, it is preferred that the relative anion is a low nucleophilic anion. A low nucleophilic anion refers to an anion formed by dissociating a proton by an acid having a low pKa, generally referred to as a super acid. The definition of super acid varies from literature to literature, but is a general term for acids with lower pKa than methanesulfonic acid. It is known in J. Org. Chem. 2011, 76, 391-395, the equilibrium acidity of superacids ( The structure of Equilibrium Acidities of Super acids). The pKa of the low nucleophilic anion is preferably, for example, -11 or less, and preferably -11 to -18. The pKa can be measured, for example, by the method described in J. Org. Chem. 2011, 76, 391-395. The pKa value in the present specification is a pKa in 1,2-dichloroethane unless otherwise specified. When the relative anion is a low nucleophilic anion, the decomposition reaction of the copper complex or the resin hardly occurs, and the heat resistance is good. a low nucleophilic anionic tetrafluoroboric acid ion, a tetraarylboronic acid ion (containing an aryl group substituted by a halogen atom or a fluoroalkyl group), a hexafluorophosphate ion, a quinone imine ion (including a sulfhydryl group or a sulfonyl group) Substituted decylamine), methylated ion (containing a methyl group substituted with a mercapto group or a sulfonyl group), more preferably a tetraarylboronic acid ion (containing an aryl group substituted by a halogen atom or a fluoroalkyl group), hydrazine Imidium ions (including decylamine substituted by a sulfonyl group) and methylated ions (including a methyl compound substituted with a sulfonyl group) are particularly preferred. Further, in the present invention, an anionic halogen anion, a carboxylic acid ion, a sulfonate ion, a boric acid ion, a sulfonate ion, or a quinone imide ion is also preferable. Specific examples include chloride ions, bromide ions, iodide ions, acetate ions, trifluoroacetate ions, formate ions, phosphate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, p-toluenesulfonate ions, and tetra Fluoroborate ion, tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate ion, N,N-bis(fluorosulfonyl)phosphonium ion, bis(trifluoromethanesulfonate) quinone imine ion, bis(nonafluorobutanesulfonate)醯imino ion, nonafluoro-N-[(trifluoromethane)sulfonyl]butanesulfonyl quinone imine ion, N,N-hexafluoro-1,3-disulfonyl quinone imine ion, etc. Trifluoroacetic acid ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, tetrafluoroboric acid ion, tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate ion, N,N-bis(fluorosulfonyl)phosphonium ion, bis(trifluoromethanesulfonate) Imine ion, bis(nonafluorobutanesulfonate) quinone imine ion, nonafluoro-N-[(trifluoromethane)sulfonyl]butanesulfonyl quinone imine ion, N,N-hexafluoro-1, 3-disulfonyl quinone imine ion is preferred, trifluoroacetate ion, tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate ion, N,N-bis(fluorosulfonyl)indolide ion, bis(trifluoromethanesulfonate)醯) 醯 imine ion, double (non-fluorine Butanesulfonate) quinone imine ion, nonafluoro-N-[(trifluoromethane)sulfonyl]butasulfonyl quinone imine ion, N,N-hexafluoro-1,3-disulfonyl fluorene Amine ions are preferred. When the counter ion is a counter ion having a positive charge (relative cation), for example, an inorganic or organic ammonium ion (for example, a tetraalkylammonium ion such as a tetrabutylammonium ion or a triethylbenzylammonium ion) may be mentioned. , pyridinium ion, etc.), cesium ions (for example, tetraalkylphosphonium ions such as tetrabutylphosphonium ions, alkyltriphenylphosphonium ions, triethylphenylphosphonium ions, etc.), alkali metal ions or protons. Further, the counter ion may be a metal complex ion (for example, a copper complex ion or the like).

配位子L為具有針對銅之配位部位之化合物,可舉出具有選自以陰離子與銅進行配位之配位部位及以未共用電子對與銅進行配位之配位原子中之1種以上之化合物。以陰離子進行配位之配位部位可以被解離,亦可以未被解離。配位子L為具有2個以上針對銅之配位部位之化合物(多牙配位子)為較佳。又,配位子L中,為了提高可見透明性,芳香族等π共軛系統未連續地鍵結複數個為較佳。配位子L亦能夠併用具有1個針對銅之配位部位之化合物(單牙配位子)和具有2個以上針對銅之配位部位之化合物(多牙配位子)。作為單牙配位子,可舉出以陰離子或未共用電子對進行配位之單牙配位子。作為以陰離子進行配位之配位子,可舉出鹵素陰離子、氫氧陰離子(hydroxide anion)、烷氧陰離子(alkoxide anion)、苯氧陰離子(phenoxide anion)、醯胺陰離子(amide anion)(包含被醯基或磺醯基取代之醯胺)、醯亞胺陰離子(包含被醯基或磺醯基取代之醯亞胺)、苯胺陰離子(包含被醯基或磺醯基取代之苯胺)、硫醇鹽陰離子、碳酸氫陰離子、羧酸陰離子、硫代羧酸陰離子、二硫代羧酸陰離子、硫酸氫陰離子、磺酸陰離子、磷酸二氫陰離子、磷酸二酯陰離子、膦酸單酯陰離子、膦酸氫陰離子、次膦酸陰離子、含氮雜環陰離子、硝酸陰離子、次氯酸陰離子、氰陰離子(cyanide anion)、氰酸鹽陰離子(cyanate anion)、異氰酸鹽陰離子(isocyanate anion)、硫氰酸鹽陰離子(thiocyanate anion)、異硫氰酸鹽陰離子(isothiocyanate anion)、疊氮陰離子(azide anion)等。作為以未共用電子對進行配位之單牙配位子,可舉出水、醇、酚、醚、胺、苯胺、醯胺、醯亞胺、亞胺、腈、異腈、硫醇、硫醚、羰基化合物、硫羰基化合物、亞碸、雜環、或碳酸、羧酸、硫酸、磺酸、磷酸、膦酸、次膦酸、硝酸或其酯。The ligand L is a compound having a coordination site for copper, and one of a coordination atom selected from a coordination site in which an anion is coordinated to copper and a coordination atom in which an unshared electron pair is coordinated with copper is exemplified. More than one compound. The coordination site coordinated by the anion may or may not be dissociated. The ligand L is preferably a compound having two or more coordination sites for copper (polydentate ligand). Further, in the ligand L, in order to improve the visible transparency, it is preferred that the π-conjugated system such as an aromatic group is not continuously bonded in plural. The ligand L can also be used in combination with a compound having one coordination site for copper (monodentate ligand) and a compound having two or more coordination sites for copper (polydentate ligand). As the monodentate ligand, a monodentate ligand which is coordinated by an anion or an unshared electron pair can be mentioned. Examples of the ligand coordinated by an anion include a halogen anion, a hydroxide anion, an alkoxide anion, a phenoxide anion, and an amide anion. An anthracene substituted by a sulfhydryl group or a sulfonyl group, an anthracene anion (a quinone imine substituted with a sulfhydryl group or a sulfonyl group), an anionic anion (an aniline substituted with a thiol group or a sulfonyl group), sulfur Alkoxide anion, hydrogencarbonate anion, carboxylate anion, thiocarboxylate anion, dithiocarboxylate anion, hydrogen sulfate anion, sulfonate anion, dihydrogen phosphate anion, phosphodiester anion, phosphonate monoester anion, phosphine Acid hydride anion, phosphinic acid anion, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic anion, nitrate anion, hypochlorous acid anion, cyanide anion, cyanate anion, isocyanate anion, sulfur A thiocyanate anion, an isothiocyanate anion, an azide anion, or the like. Examples of the monodentate ligand coordinated by an unshared electron pair include water, alcohol, phenol, ether, amine, aniline, decylamine, quinone imine, imine, nitrile, isonitrile, thiol, sulfur. An ether, a carbonyl compound, a thiocarbonyl compound, an anthracene, a heterocyclic ring, or a carbonic acid, a carboxylic acid, a sulfuric acid, a sulfonic acid, a phosphoric acid, a phosphonic acid, a phosphinic acid, nitric acid or an ester thereof.

上述配位子L所具有之陰離子係能夠與銅原子進行配位者即可,氧陰離子、氮陰離子或硫陰離子為較佳。以陰離子進行配位之配位部位係選自以下一價官能基組(AN-1)或二價官能基組(AN-2)中之至少1種為較佳。另外,以下結構式中的波線為與構成配位子之原子團的鍵結位置。The anion of the ligand L may be coordinated to a copper atom, and an oxyanion, a nitrogen anion or a sulfur anion is preferred. The coordination site coordinated by the anion is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of the following monovalent functional group (AN-1) or divalent functional group (AN-2). Further, the wave line in the following structural formula is a bonding position with the atomic group constituting the ligand.

組(AN-1) [化學式1] Group (AN-1) [Chemical Formula 1]

組(AN-2) [化學式2] Group (AN-2) [Chemical Formula 2]

上述式中,X表示N或CR,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基或雜芳基。 R所表示之烷基可以為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀,但直鏈狀為較佳。烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~4為進一步較佳。作為烷基的一例,可舉出甲基。烷基亦可具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、羧基、雜環基。作為取代基的雜環基,可以為單環,亦可以為多環,又,可以為芳香族,亦可以為非芳香族。構成雜環之雜原子的數量為1~3為較佳,1或2為較佳。構成雜環之雜原子係氮原子為較佳。當烷基具有取代基時,亦可進一步具有取代基。 R所表示之烯基可以為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀,但直鏈狀為較佳。烯基的碳數係2~10為較佳,2~6為更佳。烯基可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述者。 R所表示之炔基可以為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀,但直鏈狀為較佳。炔基的碳數係2~10為較佳,2~6為更佳。炔基可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述者。 R所表示之芳基可以為單環,亦可以為多環,單環為較佳。芳基的碳數係6~18為較佳,6~12為更佳,6為進一步較佳。芳基可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述者。 R所表示之雜芳基可以為單環,亦可以為多環。構成雜芳基之雜原子的數量為1~3為較佳。構成雜芳基之雜原子係氮原子、硫原子、氧原子為較佳。雜芳基的碳數係6~18為較佳,6~12為更佳。雜芳基可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述者。In the above formula, X represents N or CR, and R independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. The alkyl group represented by R may be linear, branched or cyclic, but a linear form is preferred. The alkyl group has preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. An example of the alkyl group is a methyl group. The alkyl group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, and a heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group as a substituent may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring, or may be aromatic or non-aromatic. The number of the hetero atoms constituting the hetero ring is preferably from 1 to 3, and preferably 1 or 2. A nitrogen atom constituting a hetero atom of a hetero ring is preferred. When the alkyl group has a substituent, it may further have a substituent. The alkenyl group represented by R may be linear, branched or cyclic, but a linear form is preferred. The alkenyl group has preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above. The alkynyl group represented by R may be linear, branched or cyclic, but a linear form is preferred. The alkynyl group has preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkynyl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above. The aryl group represented by R may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring, and a single ring is preferred. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12, and further preferably 6 is further preferred. The aryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above. The heteroaryl group represented by R may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring. The number of the hetero atoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably from 1 to 3. The hetero atom of the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom. The carbon number of the heteroaryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12. The heteroaryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above.

作為以陰離子進行配位之配位部位的例子,亦可舉出單陰離子性配位部位。單陰離子性配位部位表示經由具有1個負電荷之官能基而與銅原子進行配位之部位。例如,可舉出酸解離常數(pKa)為12以下的酸基。具體而言,可舉出含有磷原子之酸基(磷酸二酯基、膦酸單酯基、次膦酸基等)、磺酸基、羧基、醯亞胺酸基等,磺酸基、羧基為較佳。An example of a coordination site coordinated by an anion is a monoanionic coordination site. The monoanionic coordination site represents a site that coordinates with a copper atom via a functional group having one negative charge. For example, an acid group having an acid dissociation constant (pKa) of 12 or less can be mentioned. Specific examples thereof include an acid group (phosphoric acid diester group, phosphonic acid monoester group, phosphinic acid group, etc.) containing a phosphorus atom, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxyl group, a quinone acid group, and the like, and a sulfonic acid group or a carboxyl group. It is better.

以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子係氧原子、氮原子、硫原子或磷原子為較佳,氧原子、氮原子或硫原子為更佳,氧原子、氮原子為進一步較佳,氮原子為特佳。當以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子為氮原子時,與氮原子相鄰之原子係碳原子或氮原子為較佳,碳原子為更佳。A coordinating atomic oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom coordinated with an unshared electron pair is preferred, and an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom is more preferred, and an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom is further preferred. The nitrogen atom is particularly good. When the coordinating atom coordinated by the unshared electron pair is a nitrogen atom, an atomic carbon atom or a nitrogen atom adjacent to the nitrogen atom is preferred, and a carbon atom is more preferable.

以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子包含於環中、或包含於選自以下一價官能基組(UE-1)、二價官能基組(UE-2)、三價官能基組(UE-3)中之至少1種部分結構中為較佳。另外,以下結構式中的波線為與構成配位子之原子團的鍵結位置。 組(UE-1) [化學式3] The coordinating atom coordinated with the unshared electron pair is contained in the ring or is selected from the group consisting of the following monovalent functional group (UE-1), the divalent functional group (UE-2), and the trivalent functional group. It is preferable that at least one partial structure of (UE-3) is used. Further, the wave line in the following structural formula is a bonding position with the atomic group constituting the ligand. Group (UE-1) [Chemical Formula 3]

組(UE-2) [化學式4] Group (UE-2) [Chemical Formula 4]

組(UE-3) [化學式5] Group (UE-3) [Chemical Formula 5]

組(UE-1)~(UE-3)中,R1 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基或雜芳基,R2 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜芳硫基、胺基或醯基。In the group (UE-1) to (UE-3), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group. , aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, amine or fluorenyl.

以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子亦可包含於環中。當以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子包含於環中時,含有以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之環可以為單環,亦可以為多環,又,可以為芳香族,亦可以為非芳香族。含有以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之環係5~12員環為較佳,5~7員環為更佳。 含有以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之環亦可具有取代基,作為取代基,可舉出碳數1~10的直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的烷基;碳數6~12的芳基、鹵素原子、矽原子;碳數1~12的烷氧基;碳數2~12的醯基;碳數1~12的烷硫基、羧基等。 當含有以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之環具有取代基時,可進一步具有取代基,可舉出包括含有以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之環之基團;含有選自上述組(UE-1)~(UE-3)中之至少1種部分結構之基團;碳數1~12的烷基;碳數2~12的醯基、羥基。Coordination atoms coordinated with unshared electron pairs may also be included in the ring. When a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair is contained in a ring, the ring containing a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair may be a single ring, a polycyclic ring, or a fragrance. A family can also be non-aromatic. It is preferred to have a ring system 5 to 12 member ring containing a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair, and a 5 to 7 member ring is more preferable. The ring containing a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; An aryl group of ~12, a halogen atom or a ruthenium atom; an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; a fluorenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms; an alkylthio group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; a carboxyl group; When the ring having a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair has a substituent, the substituent may further have a group including a ring containing a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair; a group containing at least one partial structure selected from the group consisting of the above groups (UE-1) to (UE-3); an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; a fluorenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms; and a hydroxyl group.

當以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子包含於以組(UE-1)~(UE-3)所表示之部分結構時,R1 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基或雜芳基,R2 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜芳硫基、胺基或醯基。 烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基及雜芳基的定義與以上述陰離子進行配位之配位部位中說明之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基及雜芳基相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 烷氧基的碳數係1~12為較佳,3~9為更佳。 芳氧基的碳數係6~18為較佳,6~12為更佳。 雜芳氧基可以為單環,亦可以為多環。構成雜芳氧基之雜芳基的定義與以上述陰離子進行配位之配位部位中說明之雜芳基相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 烷硫基的碳數係1~12為較佳,1~9為更佳。 芳硫基的碳數係6~18為較佳,6~12為更佳。 雜芳硫基可以為單環,亦可以為多環。構成雜芳硫基之雜芳基的定義與以上述陰離子進行配位之配位部位中說明之雜芳基相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 醯基的碳數係2~12為較佳,2~9為更佳。 R1 係氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳,烷基為特佳。烷基係碳數1~4的烷基為較佳,甲基為更佳。藉由將N原子上的取代基,亦即R1 設為烷基,從而具有對銅錯合物的分子軌道之配位子貢獻率提高、極大吸收波長下的莫耳吸光係數提高、近紅外線遮蔽性及可見透明性更加提高之傾向。尤其,從耐熱性、近紅外線遮蔽性及可見透明性的平衡考慮,烷基為較佳。When a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair is included in a partial structure represented by a group (UE-1) to (UE-3), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, Aryl or heteroaryl, R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, Heteroarylthio, amine or sulfhydryl. The definitions of the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the alkynyl group, the aryl group and the heteroaryl group are the same as those of the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the alkynyl group, the aryl group and the heteroaryl group described in the coordination site coordinated by the above anion. The scope is also the same. The alkoxy group has preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 9 carbon atoms. The aryloxy group has preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The heteroaryloxy group may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring. The definition of the heteroaryl group constituting the heteroaryloxy group is the same as the heteroaryl group described in the coordination site coordinated by the above anion, and the preferred range is also the same. The alkylthio group has preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 9 carbon atoms. The arylthio group has 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The heteroarylthio group may be a single ring or a polycyclic ring. The definition of the heteroaryl group constituting the heteroarylthio group is the same as the heteroaryl group described in the coordination site coordinated by the above anion, and the preferred range is also the same. The carbon number of the fluorenyl group is preferably from 2 to 12, more preferably from 2 to 9. R 1 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group or an aryl group, and a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is more preferable, and an alkyl group is particularly preferable. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group. By setting a substituent on the N atom, that is, R 1 as an alkyl group, the ligand contribution rate to the molecular orbital of the copper complex is increased, the molar absorption coefficient at the maximum absorption wavelength is increased, and the near infrared ray is obtained. The tendency to increase the shielding and visible transparency. In particular, an alkyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of balance between heat resistance, near-infrared shielding properties, and visible transparency.

當在配位子的1個分子內具有以陰離子進行配位之配位部位和以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子時,連結以陰離子進行配位之配位部位和以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之原子數係1~6為較佳,1~3為更佳。藉由設為該種構成,銅錯合物的結構變得更容易變形,因此能夠更加提高色值,從而提高可見透明性並且容易增加莫耳吸光係數。連結以陰離子進行配位之配位部位和以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之原子的種類可以為1種或2種以上。碳原子或氮原子為較佳。When a coordination site coordinated by an anion and a coordination atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair are contained in one molecule of the ligand, a coordination site coordinated by an anion and an unshared electron are bonded The number of atoms of the coordination atom to be coordinated is preferably 1 to 6, and more preferably 1 to 3. By adopting such a configuration, the structure of the copper complex is more easily deformed, so that the color value can be further improved, the visible transparency can be improved, and the molar absorption coefficient can be easily increased. The type of the atomic site to which the anion is coordinated and the atom of the coordinating atom which is not shared by the electron pair may be one or two or more. A carbon atom or a nitrogen atom is preferred.

當在配位子的1個分子內具有2個以上以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子時,以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子亦可具有3個以上,具有2~5個為較佳,具有4個為更佳。連結以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子彼此之原子數係1~6為較佳,1~3為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳,3為特佳。藉由設為該種構成,銅錯合物的結構變得更容易變形,因此能夠更加提高色值。連結以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子彼此之原子可以為1種或2種以上。連結以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子彼此之原子係碳原子為較佳。When there are two or more coordinating atoms coordinated by an unshared electron pair in one molecule of the ligand, the number of coordinating atoms coordinated by the unshared electron pair may be three or more, and has 2 to 2 Five are preferred, and four are preferred. It is preferable that the number of atoms of the coordination atoms to be coordinated by the unshared electron pair is 1 to 6, and more preferably 1 to 3, further preferably 2 to 3, and particularly preferably 3. With such a configuration, the structure of the copper complex is more easily deformed, so that the color value can be further improved. The atom of each of the coordinating atoms which are coordinated by the unshared electron pair may be one or two or more. It is preferred to link the atomic carbon atoms of the coordinating atoms coordinated by the unshared electron pair.

本發明中,配位子係至少具有2個配位部位之化合物(還稱為多牙配位子)為較佳。配位子係至少具有3個配位部位為更佳,具有3~5個為進一步較佳,具有4~5個為特佳。相對銅成分,多牙配位子作為螯合配位子發揮作用。亦即,認為藉由多牙配位子所具有之至少2個配位部位與銅進行螯合配位,銅錯合物的結構變形並得到優異之可見透明性,進而能夠提高紅外線的吸光能力,且色值亦得到提高。藉此,即使長期使用近紅外線截止濾波器,其特性亦不會受損,又,亦能夠穩定地製造照相機模組。又,多牙配位子係含有以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為較佳,作為以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子,含有氮原子之化合物為更佳,作為以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子,含有氮原子且烷基(較佳為甲基)取代於該氮原子之化合物為更佳。In the present invention, a compound having at least two coordination sites (also referred to as a polydentate ligand) is preferred. The ligand system is preferably at least 3 coordination sites, more preferably 3 to 5, and particularly preferably 4 to 5. The multidentate ligand acts as a chelate ligand relative to the copper component. That is, it is considered that by at least two coordination sites of the multidentate ligand, chelate coordination with copper, the structure of the copper complex is deformed and excellent visible transparency is obtained, thereby improving the light absorption capability of infrared rays. And the color value is also improved. Thereby, even if the near-infrared cut filter is used for a long period of time, the characteristics are not impaired, and the camera module can be stably manufactured. Further, the polydentate ligand is preferably a compound containing a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair, and a compound having a nitrogen atom as a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair is more preferable. As the coordinating atom coordinated by the unshared electron pair, a compound containing a nitrogen atom and an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) is substituted with the nitrogen atom is more preferable.

多牙配位子可舉出,包含1個以上以陰離子進行配位之配位部位和1個以上以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物、具有2個以上以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物、包含2個以陰離子進行配位之配位部位之化合物等。該等化合物能夠分別獨立地使用1種或組合使用2種以上。又,成為配位子之化合物亦能夠使用僅具有1個配位部位之化合物。The polydentate ligand includes a compound having one or more coordination sites coordinated by an anion, one or more compounds having a coordination atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair, and two or more unshared electron pairs. A compound in which a coordinating coordinating atom is carried out, a compound containing two coordination sites coordinated by an anion, and the like. These compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, a compound having only one coordination site can also be used as the compound to be a ligand.

多牙配位子係以下述式(IV-1)~(IV-14)所表示之化合物為較佳。例如,當配位子為具有4個配位部位之化合物時,以下述式(IV-3)、(IV-6)、(IV-7)、(IV-12)所表示之化合物為較佳,從容易形成在金屬中心更牢固地進行配位且耐熱性高之穩定的5配位錯合物這一理由考慮,以(IV-12)所表示之化合物為更佳。又,例如,當配位子為具有5個配位部位之化合物時,以下述式(IV-4)、(IV-8)~(IV-11)、(IV-13)、(IV-14)所表示之化合物為較佳,從容易形成在金屬中心更牢固地進行配位且耐熱性高之穩定的5配位錯合物這一理由考慮,以(IV-9)~(IV-10)、(IV-13)、(IV-14)所表示之化合物為更佳,以(IV-13)所表示之化合物為特佳。 [化學式6] The polydentate ligand is preferably a compound represented by the following formulas (IV-1) to (IV-14). For example, when the ligand is a compound having four coordination sites, a compound represented by the following formulas (IV-3), (IV-6), (IV-7), (IV-12) is preferred. The compound represented by (IV-12) is more preferable from the viewpoint of easily forming a stable 5-coordinate complex which is more strongly coordinated in the metal center and has high heat resistance. Further, for example, when the ligand is a compound having five coordination sites, the following formulae (IV-4), (IV-8) to (IV-11), (IV-13), (IV-14) The compound represented by the above is preferable, and it is considered to be (IV-9) to (IV-10) from the reason that it is easy to form a stable 5-coordinate complex which is more strongly coordinated in the center of the metal and has high heat resistance. The compound represented by (IV-13) or (IV-14) is more preferable, and the compound represented by (IV-13) is particularly preferable. [Chemical Formula 6]

式(IV-1)~(IV-14)中,X1 ~X59 分別獨立地表示配位部位,L1 ~L25 分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價連結基,L26 ~L32 分別獨立地表示三價連結基,L33 ~L34 分別獨立地表示四價連結基。 X1 ~X42 分別獨立地表示包括含有以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之環之基團、選自上述組(AN-1)或組(UE-1)中之至少1種為較佳。 X43 ~X56 分別獨立地表示包括含有以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之環之基團、選自上述組(AN-2)或組(UE-2)中之至少1種為較佳。 X57 ~X59 分別獨立地表示選自上述組(UE-3)中之至少1種為較佳。 L1 ~L25 分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價連接基。作為二價連結基,碳數1~12的伸烷基、碳數6~12的伸芳基、-SO-、-O-、-SO2 -或包括它們的組合之基團為較佳,碳數1~3的伸烷基、伸苯基、-SO2 -或包括它們的組合之基團為更佳。 L26 ~L32 分別獨立地表示三價連結基。作為三價連結基,可舉出從上述二價連結基除去1個氫原子而得之基團。 L33 ~L34 分別獨立地表示四價連結基。作為四價連結基,可舉出從上述二價連結基除去2個氫原子而得之基團。 此處,組(AN-1)~(AN-2)中的R及組(UE-1)~(UE-3)中的R1 中,亦可以在R彼此之間、R1 彼此之間或者R與R1 之間進行連結而形成環。例如,作為式(IV-2)的具體例,可舉出以下化合物(IV-2A)。另外,X3 、X4 、X43 為以下所示之基團,L2 、L3 為亞甲基,R1 為甲基,亦可以藉由該R1 彼此進行連結而形成環,從而成為(IV-2B)和(IV-2C)。 [化學式7] In the formulae (IV-1) to (IV-14), X 1 to X 59 each independently represent a coordination site, and L 1 to L 25 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, and L 26 to L 32 respectively The trivalent linking group is independently represented, and L 33 to L 34 each independently represent a tetravalent linking group. X 1 to X 42 each independently represent a group including a ring containing a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair, and at least one selected from the group (AN-1) or the group (UE-1). It is better. X 43 to X 56 each independently represent a group including a ring containing a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair, and at least one selected from the group (AN-2) or the group (UE-2). It is better. It is preferable that X 57 to X 59 independently represent at least one selected from the above group (UE-3). L 1 to L 25 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. As the divalent linking group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, -SO-, -O-, -SO 2 - or a group including a combination thereof is preferred. More preferably, the alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, phenylene group, -SO 2 - or a combination comprising the same is preferred. L 26 to L 32 each independently represent a trivalent linking group. The trivalent linking group may be a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the above divalent linking group. L 33 to L 34 each independently represent a tetravalent linking group. The tetravalent linking group may be a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the above divalent linking group. Here, the group (AN-1) ~ in the (AN-2) and the R group (UE-1) ~ (UE -3) R 1, R also can be between one another, each other R 1 Alternatively, R and R 1 are linked to form a ring. For example, as a specific example of the formula (IV-2), the following compound (IV-2A) can be mentioned. Further, X 3, X 4, X 43 is a group of the following, L 2, L 3 is methylene, R 1 is methyl, R 1 'can also be performed by connecting each other to form a ring, thus becoming (IV-2B) and (IV-2C). [Chemical Formula 7]

作為形成配位子之化合物的具體例,可舉出作為後述多牙配位子的較佳具體例而示出之化合物及該等化合物的鹽。作為構成鹽之原子,可舉出金屬原子、四丁基銨等。作為金屬原子,鹼金屬原子或鹼土類金屬原子為更佳。作為鹼金屬原子,可舉出鈉、鉀等。作為鹼土類金屬原子,可舉出鈣、鎂等。又,可舉出日本特開2014-41318號公報的段落0022~0042、日本特開2015-43063號公報的段落0021~0039、日本特開2016-006476號公報的段落0049中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the compound forming the ligand include a compound which is a preferred specific example of the polydentate ligand described later and a salt of the compound. Examples of the atom constituting the salt include a metal atom and tetrabutylammonium. As the metal atom, an alkali metal atom or an alkaline earth metal atom is more preferable. Examples of the alkali metal atom include sodium and potassium. Examples of the alkaline earth metal atom include calcium and magnesium. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0021 to 0043 of JP-A-2014-41318, paragraphs 0021 to 0039 of JP-A-2015-43063, and paragraph 0049 of JP-A-2016-006476, These contents are incorporated in this specification.

銅錯合物例如可舉出以下(1)~(5)的態樣作為較佳的一例,(2)~(5)為更佳,(3)~(5)為進一步較佳,(4)或(5)為進一步較佳。 (1)將1個或2個具有2個配位部位之化合物作為配位子而具有之銅錯合物。 (2)將具有3個配位部位之化合物作為配位子而具有之銅錯合物。 (3)將具有3個配位部位之化合物和具有2個配位部位之化合物作為配位子而具有之銅錯合物。 (4)將具有4個配位部位之化合物作為配位子而具有之銅錯合物。 (5)將具有5個配位部位之化合物作為配位子而具有之銅錯合物。Examples of the copper complex compound include the following (1) to (5), and (2) to (5) are more preferable, and (3) to (5) are further preferred. (4) Or (5) is further preferred. (1) A copper complex compound having one or two compounds having two coordination sites as a ligand. (2) A copper complex compound having a compound having three coordination sites as a ligand. (3) A copper complex compound having a compound having three coordination sites and a compound having two coordination sites as a ligand. (4) A copper complex compound having a compound having four coordination sites as a ligand. (5) A copper complex compound having a compound having five coordination sites as a ligand.

在上述(1)的態樣中,具有2個配位部位之化合物,為具有2個以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物或具有以陰離子進行配位之配位部位和以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為較佳。又,當將2個具有2個配位部位之化合物作為配位子而具有時,配位子的化合物可以相同,亦可以不同。 又,在(1)的態樣中,銅錯合物亦能夠進一步具有單牙配位子。單牙配位子的數量能夠設為0個,亦能夠設為1~3個。作為單牙配位子的種類,以陰離子進行配位之單牙配位子、以未共用電子對進行配位之單牙配位子中的任一者亦較佳。當具有2個配位部位之化合物為具有2個以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物時,從配位力強這一理由考慮,以陰離子進行配位之單牙配位子為更佳。當具有2個配位部位之化合物為具有以陰離子進行配位之配位部位和以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物時,從銅錯合物整體不具有電荷這一理由考慮,以未共用電子對進行配位之單牙配位子為更佳。In the aspect of the above (1), the compound having two coordination sites is a compound having two coordination atoms coordinated by an unshared electron pair or a coordination site having an anion coordination Compounds which do not share an electron pair to coordinate a coordinating atom are preferred. Further, when two compounds having two coordination sites are provided as a ligand, the compounds of the ligand may be the same or different. Further, in the aspect of (1), the copper complex can further have a single-dentate ligand. The number of single-dentate ligands can be set to 0, and can be set to 1 to 3. As the type of the monodentate ligand, any one of the single-dentate ligands coordinated by the anion and the single-dentate ligand coordinated by the unshared electron pair is also preferable. When a compound having two coordination sites is a compound having two coordinating atoms coordinated by an unshared electron pair, a single-dentate ligand coordinated by an anion is considered from the viewpoint of strong coordination force. For better. When a compound having two coordination sites is a compound having a coordination site coordinated by an anion and a coordination atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair, the reason why the copper complex does not have a charge as a whole is considered. It is better to use a single tooth ligand that is not shared by the pair of electrons.

在上述(2)的態樣中,具有3個配位部位之化合物,為具有以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為較佳,具有3個以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為進一步較佳。又,在(2)的態樣中,銅錯合物亦能夠進一步具有單牙配位子。單牙配位子的數量能夠設為0個。又,能夠設為1個以上,1~3個以上為更佳,1~2個為進一步較佳,2個為進一步較佳。作為單牙配位子的種類,以陰離子進行配位之單牙配位子、以未共用電子對進行配位之單牙配位子中的任一者亦較佳,藉由上述理由,以陰離子進行配位之單牙配位子為更佳。In the aspect of the above (2), the compound having three coordination sites is preferably a compound having a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair, and three are coordinated by an unshared electron pair. The compound of the coordinating atom is further preferred. Further, in the aspect of (2), the copper complex can further have a single tooth ligand. The number of single tooth ligands can be set to zero. Further, it may be one or more, preferably 1 to 3 or more, more preferably 1 to 2, and still more preferably 2 or more. As the type of the single-dentate ligand, any one of the single-dentate ligand coordinated by an anion and the single-dentate ligand coordinated by an unshared electron pair is also preferable, for the above reasons, It is more preferred that the anion is coordinated with a single tooth ligand.

在上述(3)的態樣中,具有3個配位部位之化合物,為具有以陰離子進行配位之配位部位和以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為較佳,具有2個以陰離子進行配位之配位部位和1個以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為進一步較佳。而且,該2個以陰離子進行配位之配位部位不同為特佳。又,具有2個配位部位之化合物,為具有以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為較佳,具有2個以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為進一步較佳。其中,具有3個配位部位之化合物,為具有2個以陰離子進行配位之配位部位和1個以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物,具有2個配位部位之化合物,為具有2個以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物之組合為特佳。又,在(3)的態樣中,銅錯合物亦能夠進一步具有單牙配位子。單牙配位子的數量能夠設為0個,亦能夠設為1個以上。0個為更佳。In the aspect of the above (3), the compound having three coordination sites is preferably a compound having a coordination site coordinated by an anion and a coordination atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair. Further, it is further preferred that two coordination sites coordinated by an anion and one complex atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair are further preferred. Further, it is particularly preferable that the two coordination sites coordinated by anions are different. Further, a compound having two coordination sites is preferably a compound having a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair, and a compound having two coordinating atoms coordinated by an unshared electron pair is further Preferably. Wherein the compound having three coordination sites is a compound having two coordination sites coordinated by an anion and one coordination atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair, and a compound having two coordination sites It is particularly preferred to be a combination of two compounds having a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair. Further, in the aspect of (3), the copper complex can further have a single-dentate ligand. The number of single-dentate ligands can be set to 0, and it can be set to one or more. 0 is better.

在上述(4)的態樣中,具有4個配位部位之化合物,為具有以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為較佳,具有2個以上以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為更佳,具有4個以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為進一步較佳。又,在(4)的態樣中,銅錯合物亦能夠進一步具有單牙配位子。單牙配位子的數量能夠設為0個,亦能夠設為1個以上,亦能夠設為2個以上。1個為較佳。作為單牙配位子的種類,以陰離子進行配位之單牙配位子、以未共用電子對進行配位之單牙配位子中的任一者亦較佳。In the aspect of the above (4), the compound having four coordination sites is preferably a compound having a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair, and two or more of the compounds are coordinated by an unshared electron pair. A compound having a coordinating atom at a position is more preferable, and a compound having four coordinating atoms coordinated by an unshared electron pair is further preferable. Further, in the aspect of (4), the copper complex can further have a single-dentate ligand. The number of the single-dentate ligands can be set to 0, and can be one or more, or two or more. One is preferred. As the type of the monodentate ligand, any one of the single-dentate ligands coordinated by the anion and the single-dentate ligand coordinated by the unshared electron pair is also preferable.

在上述(5)的態樣中,具有5個配位部位之化合物,為具有以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為較佳,具有2個以上以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為更佳,具有5個以未共用電子對進行配位之配位原子之化合物為進一步較佳。又,在(5)的態樣中,銅錯合物亦能夠進一步具有單牙配位子。單牙配位子的數量能夠設為0個,亦能夠設為1個以上。單牙配位子的數量為0個為較佳。In the aspect of the above (5), the compound having five coordination sites is preferably a compound having a coordinating atom coordinated by an unshared electron pair, and two or more of the compounds are coordinated by an unshared electron pair. A compound having a coordinating atom at a position is more preferable, and a compound having five coordinating atoms coordinated by an unshared electron pair is further preferable. Further, in the aspect of (5), the copper complex can further have a single-dentate ligand. The number of single-dentate ligands can be set to 0, and it can be set to one or more. It is preferred that the number of single tooth ligands is zero.

多牙配位子可舉出以上述配位子的具體例進行說明之化合物中,具有2個以上配位部位之化合物或以下所示之化合物。 [化學式8][化學式9] The polydentate ligand may be a compound having two or more coordination sites or a compound shown below, among the compounds described in the specific examples of the above ligand. [Chemical Formula 8] [Chemical Formula 9]

[磷酸酯銅錯合物] 本發明中,作為銅化合物,亦能夠使用磷酸酯銅錯合物。磷酸酯銅錯合物係將銅設為中心金屬且將磷酸酯化合物設為配位子者。形成磷酸酯銅錯合物的配位子之磷酸酯化合物為以下述式(L-100)所表示之化合物或其鹽為較佳。 (HO)n -P(=O)-(OR13-n 式(L-100) 式中,R1 表示碳數1~18的烷基、碳數6~18的芳基、碳數7~18的芳烷基或碳數2~18的烯基,或者-OR1 表示碳數4~100的聚氧烷基、碳數4~100的(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基或碳數4~100的(甲基)丙烯醯聚氧烷基,n表示1或2。n為1時,R2 可以分別相同,亦可以不同。作為磷酸酯化合物的具體例,可舉出上述配位子。又,能夠參閱日本特開2014-41318號公報的段落0022~0042的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。[Phosphate Copper Complex] In the present invention, a copper phosphate complex compound can also be used as the copper compound. The copper phosphate complex is a compound in which copper is used as a central metal and a phosphate compound is used as a ligand. The phosphate compound which forms the ligand of the copper phosphate complex is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (L-100) or a salt thereof. (HO) n -P(=O)-(OR 1 ) 3-n (L-100) wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and a carbon number An aralkyl group of 7 to 18 or an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, or -OR 1 represents a polyoxyalkyl group having 4 to 100 carbon atoms or a (meth) acryloxyalkyl group having 4 to 100 carbon atoms or A (meth) propylene fluorene polyoxyalkyl group having 4 to 100 carbon atoms, and n represents 1 or 2. When n is 1, R 2 may be the same or different. Specific examples of the phosphate compound include the above ligand. Further, the descriptions of paragraphs 0022 to 0044 of JP-A-2014-41318 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

[磺酸銅錯合物] 本發明中,作為銅錯合物,亦能夠使用磺酸銅錯合物。磺酸銅錯合物係將銅設為中心金屬且將磺酸化合物設為配位子者。形成磺酸銅錯合物的配位子之磺酸化合物為以下述式(L-200)所表示之化合物或其鹽為較佳。 R2 -SO2 -OH 式(L-200)[Copper Sulfate Complex] In the present invention, a copper sulfonate complex can also be used as the copper complex. The copper sulfonate complex is a group in which copper is used as a central metal and a sulfonic acid compound is used as a ligand. The sulfonic acid compound which forms the ligand of the copper sulfonate complex is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (L-200) or a salt thereof. R 2 -SO 2 -OH formula (L-200)

式中,R2 表示一價有機基。作為一價有機基,可舉出烷基、芳基、雜芳基等。烷基、芳基、雜芳基可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為磺酸化合物的具體例,可舉出上述配位子。又,能夠參閱日本特開2015-43063號公報的段落號0021~0039的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。In the formula, R 2 represents a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group may, for example, be an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. The alkyl group, the aryl group, and the heteroaryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Specific examples of the sulfonic acid compound include the above ligands. Further, the descriptions of paragraphs 0021 to 0039 of JP-A-2015-43063 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

本發明中,作為銅化合物,能夠使用在聚合物側鏈具有銅錯合物部位之含銅聚合物。In the present invention, as the copper compound, a copper-containing polymer having a copper complex portion in a polymer side chain can be used.

作為銅錯合物部位,可舉出具有銅及與銅進行配位之部位(配位部位)者。作為與銅進行配位之部位,可舉出以陰離子或未共用電子對進行配位之部位。又,銅錯合物部位為針對銅而具有進行4牙配位或5牙配位之部位為較佳。關於配位部位的詳細內容,可舉出以上述低分子型銅化合物進行說明者,較佳的範圍亦相同。Examples of the copper complex portion include copper and a site (coordination site) coordinated to copper. The site to be coordinated with copper may be a site that is coordinated by an anion or an unshared electron pair. Further, the copper complex portion is preferably a portion having a 4-dental coordination or a 5-dental coordination with respect to copper. The details of the coordination site are described by the above-described low molecular type copper compound, and the preferred range is also the same.

含銅聚合物可舉出,包含配位部位之聚合物(還稱為聚合物(B1))、藉由與銅成分發生反應而得到之聚合物、在聚合物側鏈具有反應性部位之聚合物(以下,還稱為聚合物(B2))、使聚合物(B2)所具有之反應性部位與具有可反應之官能基之銅錯合物發生反應而得到之聚合物。含銅聚合物的重量平均分子量係2000以上為較佳,2000~200萬為更佳,6000~200,000為進一步較佳。The copper-containing polymer may, for example, be a polymer containing a coordination site (also referred to as a polymer (B1)), a polymer obtained by reacting with a copper component, or a polymerization having a reactive site in a polymer side chain. The polymer (hereinafter, also referred to as polymer (B2)), a polymer obtained by reacting a reactive portion of the polymer (B2) with a copper complex having a reactive functional group. The weight average molecular weight of the copper-containing polymer is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably from 2,000 to 2,000,000, still more preferably from 6,000 to 200,000.

含銅聚合物除了含有具有銅錯合物部位之重複單元以外,亦可含有其他重複單元。作為其他重複單元,可舉出具有交聯性基之重複單元等。The copper-containing polymer may contain other repeating units in addition to the repeating unit having a copper complex moiety. Examples of the other repeating unit include a repeating unit having a crosslinkable group.

銅化合物的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,係5~90質量%為較佳。下限係10質量%以上為較佳,15質量%以上為更佳,20質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。銅化合物能夠單獨使用1種,亦能夠併用2種以上。併用2種以上銅錯合物為較佳。當併用2種以上銅化合物時,合計量為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the copper compound is preferably from 5 to 90% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, and still more preferably 20% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and still more preferably 50% by mass or less. The copper compound can be used alone or in combination of two or more. It is preferred to use two or more kinds of copper complexes. When two or more kinds of copper compounds are used in combination, the total amount is preferably in the above range.

樹脂組成物含有樹脂。作為樹脂的種類,只要係能夠使用於光學材料者,則並無特別限制。樹脂為透明性高的樹脂為較佳。具體而言,可舉出聚乙烯、聚丙烯、羧基化聚烯烴、氯化聚烯烴、環烯烴聚合物等聚烯烴樹脂;聚苯乙烯樹脂;(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂、(甲基)丙烯醯胺樹脂等(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂;乙酸乙烯樹脂;鹵乙烯樹脂;聚乙烯醇樹脂;聚醯胺樹脂;聚胺酯樹脂;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)或聚芳酯(PAR)等聚酯樹脂;聚碳酸酯樹脂;環氧樹脂;聚順丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂;聚脲樹脂;聚乙烯醇縮丁醛樹脂等聚乙烯縮醛樹脂等。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、聚胺酯樹脂、聚酯樹脂、聚順丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂、聚脲樹脂為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、聚胺酯樹脂、聚酯樹脂為進一步較佳。又,樹脂使用具有烷氧基矽基之化合物的溶膠凝膠硬化物亦較佳。作為具有烷氧基矽基之化合物,可舉出在後述之作為交聯性化合物而說明之材料。樹脂的重量平均分子量係1000~300,000為較佳。下限係2000以上為較佳,3000以上為進一步較佳,5000以上為特較佳。上限係100,000以下為更佳,50,000以下為進一步較佳。樹脂的數量平均分子量係500~150,000為較佳。下限係1000以上為更佳,2,000以上為進一步較佳。上限係200,000以下為更佳,100,000以下為進一步較佳。The resin composition contains a resin. The type of the resin is not particularly limited as long as it can be used for an optical material. The resin is preferably a resin having high transparency. Specific examples thereof include polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, carboxylated polyolefin, chlorinated polyolefin, and cycloolefin polymer; polystyrene resin; (meth) acrylate resin; and (meth) propylene. (meth)acrylic resin such as guanamine resin; vinyl acetate resin; vinyl halide resin; polyvinyl alcohol resin; polyamide resin; polyurethane resin; polyethylene terephthalate (PET) or polyarylate (PAR) Polyester resin; polycarbonate resin; epoxy resin; poly-m-butenylene imide resin; polyurea resin; polyvinyl acetal resin such as polyvinyl butyral resin. Among them, a (meth)acrylic resin, a polyurethane resin, a polyester resin, a polysuccinimide resin, a polyurea resin are preferred, and a (meth)acrylic resin, a polyurethane resin, and a polyester resin are further preferred. . Further, a sol-gel cured product of a compound having an alkoxyfluorenyl group as a resin is also preferred. The compound having an alkoxyfluorenyl group is exemplified as a crosslinkable compound which will be described later. The weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000. The lower limit is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 3,000 or more, and most preferably 5,000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, and more preferably 50,000 or less. The number average molecular weight of the resin is preferably from 500 to 150,000. The lower limit is preferably 1000 or more, and more preferably 2,000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 200,000 or less, and more preferably 100,000 or less.

樹脂為具有以下述式(A1-1)~(A1-7)所表示之重複單元的至少1種之樹脂亦較佳。 [化學式10]式中,R1 表示氫原子或烷基,L1 ~L4 分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價連結基,R10 ~R13 分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。R14 及R15 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。The resin is preferably at least one type of resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formulas (A1-1) to (A1-7). [Chemical Formula 10] In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and L 1 to L 4 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R 10 to R 13 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. R 14 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

R1 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~5為較佳,1~3為進一步較佳,1為特佳。R1 係氫原子或甲基為較佳。The alkyl group represented by R 1 has a carbon number of from 1 to 5, more preferably from 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 1 is preferred. R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferred.

作為L1 ~L4 所表示之二價連結基,可舉出伸烷基、伸芳基、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-SO2 -、-NRa -(Ra 表示氫原子或者烷基)或包括它們的組合之基團。伸烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。伸烷基可以具有取代基,但未經取代為較佳。伸烷基可以為直鏈、分支、環狀中的任一者。又,環狀伸烷基可以為單環、多環中的任一者。伸芳基的碳數係6~18為較佳,6~14為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 to L 4 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, - SO 2 -, -NR a - (R a represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group) or a group including a combination thereof. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 30, more preferably from 1 to 15, and further preferably from 1 to 10. The alkylene group may have a substituent, but unsubstituted is preferred. The alkylene group may be any of a straight chain, a branch, and a ring. Further, the cyclic alkyl group may be either a single ring or a polycyclic ring. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 14, and further preferably from 6 to 10.

R10 ~R13 所表示之烷基可以為直鏈、分支或環狀中的任一者。烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。R10 ~R13 所表示之芳基的碳數係6~18為較佳,6~12為更佳,6為進一步較佳。 R10 係直鏈或分支的烷基或芳基為較佳,直鏈或分支的烷基為更佳。 R11 及R12 分別獨立地係直鏈或分支的烷基為較佳,直鏈的烷基為更佳。 R13 係直鏈或分支的烷基或芳基為較佳。The alkyl group represented by R 10 to R 13 may be any of a straight chain, a branch or a ring. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The alkyl group has preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group represented by R 10 to R 13 preferably has 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 carbon atoms. The R 10 is a linear or branched alkyl or aryl group, and a linear or branched alkyl group is more preferred. R 11 and R 12 are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group, and a linear alkyl group is more preferred. A linear or branched alkyl or aryl group of R 13 is preferred.

R14 及R15 所表示之取代基可舉出鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜芳基、芳烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜芳硫基、-NRa1 Ra2 、-CORa3 、-COORa4 、-OCORa5 、-NHCORa6 、-CONRa7 Ra8 、-NHCONRa9 Ra10 、-NHCOORa11 、-SO2 Ra12 、-SO2 ORa13 、-NHSO2 Ra14 或-SO2 NRa15 Ra16 。Ra1 ~Ra16 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基或雜芳基。其中,R14 及R15 中的至少一者表示氰基或-COORa4 為較佳。Ra4 表示氫原子、烷基或芳基為較佳。The substituent represented by R 14 and R 15 may, for example, be a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group. Heteroaryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, -NR a1 R a2 , -COR a3 , -COOR a4 , -OCOR a5 , -NHCOR a6 , -CONR a7 R a8 , -NHCONR a9 R A10 , -NHCOOR a11 , -SO 2 R a12 , -SO 2 OR a13 , -NHSO 2 R a14 or -SO 2 NR a15 R a16 . R a1 to R a16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. Among them, at least one of R 14 and R 15 represents a cyano group or -COOR a4 is preferred. R a4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.

作為具有以式(A1-7)所表示之重複單元之樹脂的市售品,可舉出ARTON F4520(JSR Corporation製造)等。又,關於具有以式(A1-7)所表示之重複單元之樹脂的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2011-100084號公報的段落號0053~0075、0127~0130的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。As a commercial item of the resin which has the repeating unit represented by Formula (A1-7), ARTON F4520 (made by JSR Corporation) etc. are mentioned. In addition, the details of the resin having the repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-7) can be referred to in paragraphs 0053 to 0,075 and 0127 to 0130 of JP-A-2011-100084, and the contents are incorporated herein. In the manual.

作為樹脂,具有以式(A1-4)所表示之重複單元之樹脂為較佳,具有以式(A1-1)所表示之重複單元、以式(A1-4)所表示之重複單元之樹脂為更佳。依據該態樣,具有樹脂膜的耐熱衝擊性提高之傾向。而且,銅錯合物與樹脂的相容性提高,從而容易得到析出物等較少的樹脂膜。As the resin, a resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-4) is preferred, and a repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-1) and a repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-4) are used. For better. According to this aspect, the thermal shock resistance of the resin film tends to be improved. Further, the compatibility of the copper complex with the resin is improved, and a resin film having a small amount of precipitates or the like is easily obtained.

樹脂具有交聯性基之亦較佳。交聯性基係具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、環狀醚基、羥甲基、烷氧基矽基為較佳,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、環狀醚基、烷氧基矽基為更佳,環狀醚基、烷氧基矽基為進一步較佳,烷氧基矽基為特佳。作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。作為環狀醚基,可舉出環氧基(環氧乙烷基)、氧雜環丁烷基(oxetanyl)、脂環式環氧基等。作為烷氧基矽基,可舉出單烷氧基矽基、二烷氧基矽基、三烷氧基矽基。It is also preferred that the resin has a crosslinkable group. The crosslinkable group is preferably a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group or an alkoxyfluorenyl group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, and an alkoxy group. The fluorenyl group is more preferably a cyclic ether group or an alkoxy fluorenyl group, and an alkoxy fluorenyl group is particularly preferred. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group (oxiranyl group), an oxetanyl group, and an alicyclic epoxy group. The alkoxyfluorenyl group may, for example, be a monoalkoxyfluorenyl group, a dialkoxyfluorenyl group or a trialkoxyfluorenyl group.

在具有交聯性基之樹脂中,樹脂的交聯基值係0.5~4mmol/g為較佳。下限係0.6mmol/g以上為較佳,0.8mmol/g以上為更佳,1mmol/g以上為進一步較佳。上限係3.5mmol/g以下為較佳,3mmol/g以下為更佳,2mmol/g以下為進一步較佳。另外,樹脂的交聯基值為樹脂1g中所含之交聯基的當量。樹脂的交聯基值能夠藉由滴定等方法進行測定。In the resin having a crosslinkable group, the crosslinking base of the resin is preferably from 0.5 to 4 mmol/g. The lower limit is preferably 0.6 mmol/g or more, more preferably 0.8 mmol/g or more, and still more preferably 1 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 3.5 mmol/g or less, more preferably 3 mmol/g or less, and still more preferably 2 mmol/g or less. Further, the crosslinking basic value of the resin is the equivalent of the crosslinking group contained in 1 g of the resin. The crosslinking base value of the resin can be measured by a method such as titration.

當樹脂所具有之交聯性基為烷氧基矽基時,樹脂的Si值係0.5~4mmol/g為較佳。下限係0.6mmol/g以上為較佳,0.8mmol/g以上為更佳,1mmol/g以上為進一步較佳。上限係3.5mmol/g以下為較佳,3mmol/g以下為更佳,2mmol/g以下為進一步較佳。另外,樹脂的Si值係樹脂1g中所含之烷氧基矽基的當量。樹脂的Si值能夠藉由滴定等方法進行測定。When the crosslinkable group of the resin is an alkoxyfluorenyl group, the Si value of the resin is preferably 0.5 to 4 mmol/g. The lower limit is preferably 0.6 mmol/g or more, more preferably 0.8 mmol/g or more, and still more preferably 1 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 3.5 mmol/g or less, more preferably 3 mmol/g or less, and still more preferably 2 mmol/g or less. Further, the Si value of the resin is the equivalent of the alkoxyfluorenyl group contained in 1 g of the resin. The Si value of the resin can be measured by a method such as titration.

作為具有交聯性基之樹脂,含有具有交聯性基之重複單元之樹脂為較佳,含有以式(A1-1)和/或式(A1-4)所表示之重複單元及具有交聯性基之重複單元之樹脂為較佳。As the resin having a crosslinkable group, a resin containing a repeating unit having a crosslinkable group is preferable, and a repeating unit represented by the formula (A1-1) and/or the formula (A1-4) and having a cross-linking are contained. The resin of the repeating unit of the group is preferred.

作為具有交聯性基之重複單元,可舉出以下述式(A2-1)~(A2-4)所表示之重複單元等,以式(A2-1)~(A2-3)所表示之重複單元為較佳。 [化學式11] Examples of the repeating unit having a crosslinkable group include a repeating unit represented by the following formulas (A2-1) to (A2-4), and are represented by the formulas (A2-1) to (A2-3). A repeating unit is preferred. [Chemical Formula 11]

R2 表示氫原子或烷基。烷基的碳數係1~5為較佳,1~3為進一步較佳,1為特佳。R2 係氫原子或甲基為較佳。R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group has preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3, and 1 is particularly preferred. R 2 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferred.

L51 表示單鍵或二價連結基。作為二價連結基,可舉出在上述式(A1-1)~(A1-7)的L1 ~L4 中說明之二價連結基。L51 係伸烷基或將伸烷基與-O-組合而成之基團為較佳。構成L51 的鏈之原子的數量係2以上為較佳,3以上為更佳,4以上為進一步較佳。上限例如能夠設為200以下。L 51 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include a divalent linking group described in L 1 to L 4 of the above formulae (A1-1) to (A1-7). It is preferred that L 51 is an alkyl group or a group in which an alkyl group is bonded to -O-. The number of atoms constituting the chain of L 51 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and still more preferably 4 or more. The upper limit can be set to 200 or less, for example.

P1 表示交聯性基。作為交聯性基,可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、環狀醚基、羥甲基、烷氧基矽基等,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、環狀醚基、烷氧基矽基為較佳,環狀醚基、烷氧基矽基為更佳,烷氧基矽基為進一步較佳。具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、環狀醚基、烷氧基矽基的詳細內容係如上所述。烷氧基矽基中的烷氧基的碳數係1~5為較佳,1~3為更佳,1或2為特佳。P 1 represents a crosslinkable group. Examples of the crosslinkable group include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, an alkoxyfluorenyl group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, and the like. The alkoxy fluorenyl group is preferred, the cyclic ether group and the alkoxy fluorenyl group are more preferred, and the alkoxy fluorenyl group is further preferred. The details of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, and an alkoxyfluorenyl group are as described above. The alkoxy group in the alkoxyfluorenyl group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 1 or 2.

當樹脂為含有具有交聯性基之重複單元之樹脂時,樹脂係在樹脂的所有重複單元中含有5~100莫耳%的具有交聯性基之重複單元為較佳。下限係6莫耳%以上為較佳,8莫耳%以上為更佳,10莫耳%以上為進一步較佳。上限係95莫耳%以下為較佳,80莫耳%以下為更佳,60莫耳%以下為進一步較佳。依據該態樣,容易形成機械特性優異之樹脂層。When the resin is a resin containing a repeating unit having a crosslinkable group, the resin preferably contains 5 to 100 mol% of a repeating unit having a crosslinkable group in all repeating units of the resin. The lower limit is preferably 6 mol% or more, more preferably 8 mol% or more, and still more preferably 10 mol% or more. The upper limit is preferably 95% by mole or less, more preferably 80% by mole or less, and still more preferably 60% by mole or less. According to this aspect, it is easy to form a resin layer excellent in mechanical properties.

樹脂除了含有上述重複單元以外,還含有其他重複單元。關於構成其他重複單元之成分,能夠參閱日本特開2010-106268號公報的段落號0068~0075(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2011/0124824號說明書的段落號0112~0118)的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。The resin contains other repeating units in addition to the above repeating unit. For the components constituting the other repeating units, the descriptions of paragraphs 0068 to 0075 of the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-106268 (paragraphs 0112 to 0118 of the specification of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2011/0124824) can be referred to. The content is incorporated in this specification.

作為樹脂的具體例,可舉出以下所示之結構的樹脂。 [化學式12] Specific examples of the resin include resins having the structures shown below. [Chemical Formula 12]

樹脂的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,係10~90質量%為較佳。下限係30質量%以上為較佳,35質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為特佳。上限係85質量%以下為較佳,80質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳。又,樹脂的總量中的具有交聯性基之樹脂的含量係5~100質量%為較佳,8~100質量%為更佳,10~100質量%為進一步較佳。樹脂可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當為2種以上時,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the resin is preferably from 10 to 90% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 35% by mass or more, still more preferably 40% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 85% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and still more preferably 70% by mass or less. Further, the content of the resin having a crosslinkable group in the total amount of the resin is preferably from 5 to 100% by mass, more preferably from 8 to 100% by mass, even more preferably from 10 to 100% by mass. The resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When it is two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is in the above range.

樹脂組成物含有具有交聯性基之化合物(以下,還稱為交聯劑)為較佳。作為交聯性基的種類,可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、環狀醚基、羥甲基、烷氧基矽基等,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、環狀醚基、烷氧基矽基為較佳,環狀醚基、烷氧基矽基為更佳,烷氧基矽基為進一步較佳。關於具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、環狀醚基、烷氧基矽基的詳細內容,可舉出在具有交聯性基之樹脂中說明之基團。作為烷氧基矽基,係二烷氧基矽基及三烷氧基矽基為較佳。又,烷氧基矽基中的烷氧基的碳數係1~5為較佳,1~3為更佳,1或2為特佳。The resin composition preferably contains a compound having a crosslinkable group (hereinafter also referred to as a crosslinking agent). Examples of the type of the crosslinkable group include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, an alkoxyfluorenyl group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a cyclic ether. The alkoxy group is preferably a cyclic ether group or an alkoxy group, and an alkoxy group is further preferred. The details of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether group, and an alkoxyfluorenyl group include the groups described in the resin having a crosslinkable group. As the alkoxyfluorenyl group, a dialkoxyfluorenyl group and a trialkoxyfluorenyl group are preferred. Further, the alkoxy group in the alkoxyfluorenyl group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 1 or 2.

交聯劑的分子量係100~3000為較佳。上限係2000以下為較佳,1500以下為進一步較佳。下限係150以上為較佳,250以上為進一步較佳。交聯劑係單體為較佳。The molecular weight of the crosslinking agent is preferably from 100 to 3,000. The upper limit is preferably 2,000 or less, and more preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 or more, and more preferably 250 or more. A crosslinking agent-based monomer is preferred.

交聯劑的交聯基值係3~20mmol/g為較佳。下限係3.5mmol/g以上為較佳,4mmol/g以上為更佳,5mmol/g以上為進一步較佳。上限係19mmol/g以下為較佳,17mmol/g以下為更佳,15mmol/g以下為進一步較佳。另外,交聯劑的交聯基值為交聯劑1g中所含之交聯基的當量。交聯劑的交聯基值能夠藉由滴定等方法進行測定。The crosslinking base of the crosslinking agent is preferably from 3 to 20 mmol/g. The lower limit is preferably 3.5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and still more preferably 5 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 19 mmol/g or less, more preferably 17 mmol/g or less, and still more preferably 15 mmol/g or less. Further, the crosslinking base of the crosslinking agent is the equivalent of the crosslinking group contained in the crosslinking agent 1g. The crosslinking base value of the crosslinking agent can be measured by a method such as titration.

交聯劑係在1個分子中具有2~5個交聯性基之化合物為較佳。交聯性基的上限係4個以下為較佳,3個以下為更佳。The crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having 2 to 5 crosslinkable groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the crosslinkable group is preferably 4 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.

交聯劑係在1個分子中含有2~5個以上的Si原子之化合物為較佳。Si原子的上限係4個以下為較佳,3個以下為更佳。交聯劑中的Si原子的數量為2個為較佳。又,交聯劑中的2個Si原子隔著2~10個原子而鍵結為較佳,隔著3~9個原子而鍵結為更佳,隔著4~8個原子而鍵結為進一步較佳。此處,2個Si原子隔著2~10個原子而鍵結的情況係表示,構成將Si原子彼此進行鍵結之連接鍵之原子的數量為2~10個。例如,在下述化合物的情況下,2個Si原子隔著6個原子而鍵結。 [化學式13] The crosslinking agent is preferably a compound containing 2 to 5 or more Si atoms in one molecule. The upper limit of the Si atom is preferably 4 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. The number of Si atoms in the crosslinking agent is preferably two. Further, it is preferable that two Si atoms in the crosslinking agent are bonded via 2 to 10 atoms, and it is preferably bonded via 3 to 9 atoms, and bonded to each other via 4 to 8 atoms. Further preferred. Here, in the case where two Si atoms are bonded via 2 to 10 atoms, the number of atoms constituting a bond connecting Si atoms to each other is 2 to 10. For example, in the case of the following compounds, two Si atoms are bonded via six atoms. [Chemical Formula 13]

又,2個Si原子經由碳數2~10的伸烷基而鍵結為較佳,經由碳數3~9的伸烷基而鍵結為更佳,經由碳數4~8的伸烷基而鍵結為進一步較佳。Further, two Si atoms are preferably bonded via an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and are preferably bonded via an alkyl group having 3 to 9 carbon atoms, and are bonded via an alkyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms. The bonding is further preferred.

又,交聯劑係在1個分子中含有2~5個以上的烷氧基矽基之化合物為較佳。烷氧基矽基的上限係4個以下為較佳,3個以下為更佳。烷氧基矽基的數量係2個為較佳。烷氧基矽基係二烷氧基矽基或三烷氧基矽基為較佳,三烷氧基矽基為更佳。又,交聯劑所具有之2個烷氧基矽基隔著2~10個原子而鍵結為較佳,隔著3~9個原子而鍵結為更佳,隔著4~8個原子而鍵結為進一步較佳。又,2個烷氧基矽基經由碳數2~10的伸烷基而鍵結為較佳,經由碳數3~9的伸烷基而鍵結為更佳,經由碳數4~8的伸烷基而鍵結為進一步較佳。Further, the crosslinking agent is preferably a compound containing 2 to 5 or more alkoxyfluorenyl groups per molecule. The upper limit of the alkoxythio group is preferably 4 or less, more preferably 3 or less. The number of alkoxythio groups is preferably two. The alkoxyindenyldialkyloxyindenyl or trialkoxyindenyl group is preferred, and the trialkoxyindenyl group is more preferred. Further, the two alkoxyfluorenyl groups of the crosslinking agent are preferably bonded via 2 to 10 atoms, and are preferably bonded via 3 to 9 atoms, and are 4 to 8 atoms apart. The bonding is further preferred. Further, the two alkoxyfluorenyl groups are preferably bonded via an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably bonded via an alkyl group having 3 to 9 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 4 to 8 is bonded. It is further preferred to form an alkyl group and bond.

又,當交聯劑為具有烷氧基矽基之化合物時,交聯劑的Si值係3~20mmol/g為較佳。Si值的下限係3.5mmol/g以上為較佳,4mmol/g以上為更佳,5mmol/g以上為進一步較佳。Si值的上限係19mmol/g以下為較佳,17mmol/g以下為更佳,15mmol/g以下為進一步較佳。另外,交聯劑的Si值為交聯劑1g中所含之交聯基的當量。交聯劑的Si值能夠藉由滴定等方法進行測定。Further, when the crosslinking agent is a compound having an alkoxyfluorenyl group, the Si value of the crosslinking agent is preferably from 3 to 20 mmol/g. The lower limit of the Si value is preferably 3.5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and still more preferably 5 mmol/g or more. The upper limit of the Si value is preferably 19 mmol/g or less, more preferably 17 mmol/g or less, and still more preferably 15 mmol/g or less. Further, the Si value of the crosslinking agent is the equivalent of the crosslinking group contained in the crosslinking agent 1g. The Si value of the crosslinking agent can be measured by a method such as titration.

作為具有烷氧基矽基之化合物的具體例,可舉出四乙氧基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、正丙基三甲氧基矽烷、正丙基三乙氧基矽烷、己基三甲氧基矽烷、己基三乙氧基矽烷、辛基三乙氧基矽烷、癸基三甲氧基矽烷、1,6-雙(三甲氧基矽基)己烷、三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、六甲基二矽氮烷(hexamethyl disilazane)、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺乙基)-3-胺丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺乙基)-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(乙烯基苄基)-2-胺乙基-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷的鹽酸鹽、三-(三甲氧基矽基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰丙基三甲氧基矽烷、雙(三乙氧基矽基丙基)四硫化物、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷等。又,亦能夠使用下述化合物。 [化學式14] Specific examples of the compound having an alkoxyfluorenyl group include tetraethoxydecane, methyltrimethoxydecane, dimethyldimethoxydecane, phenyltrimethoxydecane, and methyltriethoxygen. Base decane, dimethyl diethoxy decane, phenyl triethoxy decane, n-propyl trimethoxy decane, n-propyl triethoxy decane, hexyl trimethoxy decane, hexyl triethoxy decane, Octyltriethoxydecane, decyltrimethoxydecane, 1,6-bis(trimethoxydecyl)hexane, trifluoropropyltrimethoxydecane, hexamethyl disilazane , vinyl trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyl trimethoxy decane, 3-glycidoxy propyl methyl dimethoxy decane , 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxydecane, p-styrenetrimethoxy Decane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3- Acryloxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxypropyltriethoxydecane, 3-propenyloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, N-2-(amine Ethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxydecane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-amine Propyltriethoxydecane, 3-triethoxyindolyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N- Hydrochloride of (vinylbenzyl)-2-amineethyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, tris-(trimethoxymercaptopropyl)isocyanurate, 3-ureidopropyl Ethoxy decane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane, bis(triethoxymethylpropyl)tetrasulfide, 3-isocyanatepropyltriethyl Oxydecane, etc. Further, the following compounds can also be used. [Chemical Formula 14]

作為市售品,可舉出Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造的KBM-13、KBM-22、KBM-103、KBE-13、KBE-22、KBE-103、KBM-3033、KBE-3033、KBM-3063、KBM-3066、KBM-3086、KBE-3063、KBE-3083、KBM-3103、KBM-3066、KBM-7103、SZ-31、KPN-3504、KBM-1003、KBE-1003、KBM-303、KBM-402、KBM-403、KBE-402、KBE-403、KBM-1403、KBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103、KBM-602、KBM-603、KBM-903、KBE-903、KBE-9103、KBM-573、KBM-575、KBM-9659、KBE-585、KBM-802、KBM-803、KBE-846、KBE-9007、X-40-1053、X-41-1059A、X-41-1056、X-41-1805、X-41-1818、X-41-1810、X-40-2651、X-40-2655A、KR-513、KC-89S、KR-500、X-40-9225、X-40-9246、X-40-9250、KR-401N、X-40-9227、X-40-9247、KR-510、KR-9218、KR-213、X-40-2308、X-40-9238等。As a commercial item, KBM-13, KBM-22, KBM-103, KBE-13, KBE-22, KBE-103, KBM-3033, KBE-3033 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. , KBM-3063, KBM-3066, KBM-3086, KBE-3063, KBE-3083, KBM-3103, KBM-3066, KBM-7103, SZ-31, KPN-3504, KBM-1003, KBE-1003, KBM -303, KBM-402, KBM-403, KBE-402, KBE-403, KBM-1403, KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-602, KBM-603 , KBM-903, KBE-903, KBE-9103, KBM-573, KBM-575, KBM-9659, KBE-585, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-846, KBE-9007, X-40-1053 , X-41-1059A, X-41-1056, X-41-1805, X-41-1818, X-41-1810, X-40-2651, X-40-2655A, KR-513, KC-89S , KR-500, X-40-9225, X-40-9246, X-40-9250, KR-401N, X-40-9227, X-40-9247, KR-510, KR-9218, KR-213 , X-40-2308, X-40-9238, etc.

本發明中,作為交聯劑,能夠使用含有具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物。作為含有具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物,(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為進一步較佳。作為含有具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物的一例,能夠參閱日本特開2013-253224號公報的段落0033~0034的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為具體例,乙烯氧基改質新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為NK Ester ATM-35E;由Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-330;由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-320;由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-310;由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD DPHA ;由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造,A-DPH-12E;由Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)及該等(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。又,亦能夠使用它們的寡聚物類型。又,參閱能夠日本特開2013-253224號公報的段落號0034~0038、日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0477(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的段落號0585)的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為含有具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物的具體例,亦能夠使用雙甘油EO(環氧乙烷)改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為M-460;由TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造,A-TMMT)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造,KAYARAD HDDA)。又,亦能夠使用它們的寡聚物類型。例如可舉出RP-1040(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。In the present invention, as the crosslinking agent, a compound containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond can be used. As the compound containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable, and a 3- to 15-functional (meth) acrylate compound is more preferable, and a 3- to 6-functional (meth) group is preferable. An acrylate compound is further preferred. An example of a compound containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond can be referred to in paragraphs 0033 to 0034 of JP-A-2013-253224, which is incorporated herein by reference. As a specific example, a vinyloxy modified neopentyltetraol tetraacrylate (commercially available as NK Ester ATM-35E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol triacrylate (available from the city) The product sold is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), two new Pentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA) ; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and these (meth)acrylonyl groups via ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residue bonds The structure of the junction is preferred. Also, their oligomer types can be used. In addition, the paragraph number 0477 of the specification of the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208494 (paragraph 0585 of the specification of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099) The contents of this document are incorporated in this specification. Further, as a specific example of the compound containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, it is also possible to use a diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercial product is M-460; by TOAGOSEI (manufactured by CO., LTD.), neopentyl alcohol tetraacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., A-TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. Manufacturing, KAYARAD HDDA). Also, their oligomer types can be used. For example, RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) or the like can be given.

含有具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物還可以具有羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等酸基。作為市售品,例如可舉出TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造的ARONIX系列(例如,M-305、M-510、M-520)等。The compound containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond may further have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. As a commercial item, the ARONIX series (for example, M-305, M-510, M-520) manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD., etc. are mentioned, for example.

對於含有具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物,具有己內酯結構之化合物亦為較佳態樣。作為具有己內酯結構之化合物,能夠參閱日本特開2013-253224號公報的段落0042~0045的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為市售品,例如可舉出Sartomer Company, Inc製造的具有4個乙烯氧基(ethyleneoxy)鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯之SR-494、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造的具有6個戊烯氧基(pentyleneoxy)鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯之DPCA-60、具有3個異丁烯氧基(isobutyleneoxy)鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯之TPA-330等。For compounds containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a compound having a caprolactone structure is also preferred. As a compound having a caprolactone structure, the description of paragraphs 0044 to 0045 of JP-A-2013-253224 can be referred to, and the content is incorporated in the present specification. As a commercially available product, for example, SR-494 having four ethylene-functional chains of four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., and Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., having six pentene oxides, may be mentioned. DPCA-60 of a hexylene acrylate having a pentyleneoxy chain, TPA-330 having a trifunctional acrylate of three isobutyleneoxy chains, and the like.

本發明中,作為交聯劑,亦能夠使用具有環狀醚基之化合物。作為環狀醚基,可舉出環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基,環氧基為較佳。作為具有環狀醚基之化合物的市售品,例如可舉出EHPE 3150(Daicel Corporation製造)、EPICLON N-695(DIC Corporation製造)等。又,作為具有環狀醚基之化合物,亦能夠使用日本特開2013-011869號公報的段落號0034~0036、日本特開2014-043556號公報的段落號0147~0156、日本特開2014-089408號公報的段落號0085~0092中所記載之化合物。該等內容被編入本說明書中。In the present invention, a compound having a cyclic ether group can also be used as the crosslinking agent. The cyclic ether group is preferably an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group, and an epoxy group is preferred. Examples of the commercially available product of the compound having a cyclic ether group include EHPE 3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), and the like. In addition, as a compound having a cyclic ether group, paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, and JP-A-2014-089408 can be used. The compound described in Paragraph No. 0085 to 0092 of the Gazette. These contents are incorporated in this specification.

當樹脂組成物含有交聯劑時,樹脂組成物相對於樹脂100質量份,含有交聯劑3~30質量份為較佳,含有5~20質量份為更佳,含有7~15質量份為進一步較佳。又,樹脂組成物相對於具有交聯性基之樹脂100質量份,含有交聯劑3~30質量份為較佳,含有5~20質量份為更佳,含有7~15質量份為進一步較佳。交聯劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當為2種以上時,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。When the resin composition contains a crosslinking agent, the resin composition preferably contains 3 to 30 parts by mass of the crosslinking agent per 100 parts by mass of the resin, more preferably 5 to 20 parts by mass, even more preferably 7 to 15 parts by mass. Further preferred. Further, the resin composition is preferably contained in an amount of 3 to 30 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the resin having a crosslinkable group, more preferably 5 to 20 parts by mass, even more preferably 7 to 15 parts by mass. good. The crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When it is two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is in the above range.

樹脂組成物能夠含有聚合起始劑。作為聚合起始劑,只要具有藉由光、熱中的任一方或其雙方而開始進行具有交聯性基之樹脂或交聯劑的交聯之能力,則並無特別限制。當藉由光進行交聯時,對從紫外區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之聚合起始劑為較佳。又,當藉由熱進行交聯時,於150~250℃下進行分解之聚合起始劑為較佳。The resin composition can contain a polymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate crosslinking of a resin having a crosslinkable group or a crosslinking agent by either or both of light and heat. When crosslinking is carried out by light, a polymerization initiator which is photosensitive to light from the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable. Further, when crosslinking is carried out by heat, a polymerization initiator which is decomposed at 150 to 250 ° C is preferred.

作為聚合起始劑,具有芳香族基之化合物為較佳。例如,可舉出醯基膦化合物、苯乙酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、安息香醚化合物、縮酮衍生物化合物、9-氧硫口山口星(thioxanthone)化合物、肟化合物、六芳基聯咪唑化合物、三鹵甲基化合物、偶氮化合物、有機過氧化物、重氮化合物、錪化合物、鋶化合物、𠯤鎓(azinium)化合物、茂金屬化合物等鎓鹽化合物、有機硼鹽化合物、二碸化合物、硫醇化合物等。聚合起始劑能夠參閱日本特開2013-253224號公報的0217~0228段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。As the polymerization initiator, a compound having an aromatic group is preferred. For example, a mercaptophosphine compound, an acetophenone compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzoin ether compound, a ketal derivative compound, and a 9-oxosulfanyl Yamaguchi can be mentioned. Thioxanthone compound, hydrazine compound, hexaarylbiimidazole compound, trihalomethyl compound, azo compound, organic peroxide, diazo compound, hydrazine compound, hydrazine compound, azinium compound, metallocene An onium salt compound such as a compound, an organic boron salt compound, a diterpene compound, a thiol compound, or the like. The polymerization initiator can be referred to the description of paragraphs 0217 to 0228 of JP-A-2013-253224, which is incorporated herein by reference.

聚合起始劑係肟化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物及醯基膦化合物為較佳。作為肟化合物,亦能夠使用以後述自由基捕獲劑例舉之肟化合物等。The polymerization initiator is preferably an anthracene compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, and a mercaptophosphine compound. As the ruthenium compound, a ruthenium compound or the like exemplified as a radical scavenger described later can also be used.

聚合起始劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,係0.01~30質量%為較佳。下限係0.1質量%以上為較佳。上限係20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳。聚合起始劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當為2種以上時,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 0.1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less. The polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When it is two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is in the above range.

樹脂組成物含有溶劑為較佳。溶劑並無特別限制,只要係能夠均勻地溶解或分散各成分者,則能夠根據目的而適當選擇。例如能夠使用水、有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,例如可適當地舉出醇類、酮類、酯類、芳香族烴類、鹵化烴類、及二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基亞碸、環丁碸等。該等可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。作為醇類、芳香族烴類、鹵化烴類的具體例,可舉出日本特開2012-194534號公報的段落0136等中記載之溶劑,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為酯類、酮類、醚類的具體例,可舉出日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落0497(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的段落號0609)中記載的溶劑。又,作為溶劑,亦能夠使用被環狀烷基取代之酯系溶劑、被環狀烷基取代之酮系溶劑。作為溶劑的具體例,可舉出乙酸-正戊酯、丙酸乙酯、鄰苯二甲酸二甲酯、苯甲酸乙酯、硫酸甲酯、丙酮、甲基異丁酮、二乙醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、乙酸環己酯、環戊酮、環己酮、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、乙酸丁酯、乳酸乙酯、丙二醇單甲醚、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、三乙酸甘油酯、3-甲氧基丁醇、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二乙酸酯、環己醇乙酸酯、二丙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇二乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲基-正丙基醚、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己二醇二乙酸酯等。該等可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。It is preferred that the resin composition contains a solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse each component uniformly, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, water or an organic solvent can be used. Examples of the organic solvent include alcohols, ketones, esters, aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons, and dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, dimethylammonium, and a ring. Ding Wei and so on. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Specific examples of the alcohols, the aromatic hydrocarbons, and the halogenated hydrocarbons include the solvents described in paragraph 0136 of JP-A-2012-194534, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein by reference. Specific examples of the esters, the ketones, and the ethers include the solvents described in paragraph 0497 of the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208494 (paragraph No. 0609 of the specification of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099). . Further, as the solvent, an ester solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group or a ketone solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be used. Specific examples of the solvent include acetic acid-n-amyl ester, ethyl propionate, dimethyl phthalate, ethyl benzoate, methyl sulfate, acetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, diethyl ether, and ethylene. Alcohol monobutyl ether acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone , butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, triacetin , 3-methoxybutanol, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,4-butanediol diacetate, cyclohexanol acetate, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol diacetate, dipropylene glycol Methyl-n-propyl ether, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,6-hexanediol diacetate, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

又,作為溶劑,可以單獨使用沸點為150℃以下(較佳為,沸點為30~145℃,更佳為50~140℃)的溶劑(以下,還稱為低沸點溶劑),亦可以單獨使用沸點為150℃以上(較佳為,沸點為155~300℃,更佳為160~250℃)的溶劑(以下,還稱為高沸點溶劑),亦可以併用低沸點溶劑和高沸點溶劑。藉由使用高沸點溶劑,樹脂組成物中的溶劑的蒸發速度變慢,從而容易實現乾燥的穩定化以及抑制殘渣的析出。尤其,在樹脂組成物的固體成分濃度低的情況(例如,固體成分濃度為35質量%以下的情況等)下,從乾燥的穩定化和殘渣的析出觀點考慮,併用高沸點溶劑和低沸點溶劑作為溶劑為較佳。又,當併用高沸點溶劑和低沸點溶劑時,高沸點溶劑的沸點與低沸點溶劑的沸點之差係20~250℃為較佳,50~150℃為更佳。又,高沸點溶劑與低沸點溶劑的質量比並無特別限定,高沸點溶劑:低沸點溶劑=[99:1]~[55:45]為較佳,[95:5]~[70:30]為更佳。 作為高沸點溶劑,例如可舉出3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、三乙酸甘油酯、3-甲氧基丁醇、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二乙酸酯、環己醇乙酸酯、二丙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇二乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲基-正丙基醚、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己二醇二乙酸酯等。 作為低沸點溶劑,例如可舉出環戊酮、乙酸丁酯、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁酮、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚等。Further, as the solvent, a solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C or less (preferably, a boiling point of 30 to 145 ° C, more preferably 50 to 140 ° C) (hereinafter also referred to as a low boiling point solvent) may be used alone or as a single solvent. A solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C or higher (preferably, a boiling point of 155 to 300 ° C, more preferably 160 to 250 ° C) (hereinafter also referred to as a high boiling point solvent) may be used in combination with a low boiling point solvent and a high boiling point solvent. By using a high boiling point solvent, the evaporation rate of the solvent in the resin composition becomes slow, and it is easy to stabilize the drying and suppress the precipitation of the residue. In particular, when the solid content concentration of the resin composition is low (for example, when the solid content concentration is 35% by mass or less), a high boiling point solvent and a low boiling point solvent are used together from the viewpoint of drying stabilization and precipitation precipitation. It is preferred as a solvent. Further, when a high boiling point solvent and a low boiling point solvent are used in combination, the difference between the boiling point of the high boiling point solvent and the boiling point of the low boiling point solvent is preferably from 20 to 250 ° C, more preferably from 50 to 150 ° C. Further, the mass ratio of the high-boiling solvent to the low-boiling solvent is not particularly limited, and the high-boiling solvent: low-boiling solvent = [99:1] to [55:45] is preferable, and [95:5] to [70:30]. ] is better. Examples of the high boiling point solvent include 3-methoxybutyl acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, triacetin, and 3-methoxy Butanol, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,4-butanediol diacetate, cyclohexanol acetate, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl-positive Alkyl ether, 1,3-butanediol diacetate, 1,6-hexanediol diacetate, and the like. Examples of the low boiling point solvent include cyclopentanone, butyl acetate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether.

本發明中,使用金屬含量少之溶劑為較佳,溶劑的金屬含量例如係10質量ppb(十億分率(parts per billion))以下為較佳。亦可以視需要而使用質量ppt(兆分率(parts per trillion))水準的溶劑,該種高純度溶劑例如由TOYO Gosei Co.,Ltd.提供(化學工業日報,2015年11月13日)。In the present invention, a solvent having a small metal content is preferably used, and the metal content of the solvent is, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. A solvent having a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level, which is supplied, for example, by TOYO Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Industry Daily, November 13, 2015), may also be used as needed.

作為從溶劑中去除金屬等雜質之方法,例如可舉出蒸餾(分子蒸餾或薄膜蒸餾等)或使用了過濾器之過濾。作為過濾中使用之過濾器的過濾器孔徑,係10μm以下為較佳,5μm以下為更佳,3μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質係聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。Examples of the method for removing impurities such as metals from the solvent include distillation (such as molecular distillation or thin film distillation) or filtration using a filter. The filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and still more preferably 3 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.

溶劑亦可以含有異構物(相同原子數且不同結構的化合物)。又,異構物可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有複數種。The solvent may also contain isomers (compounds of the same number of atoms and different structures). Further, the isomer may be contained alone or in combination of plural kinds.

溶劑的含量係樹脂組成物的總固體成分成為5~80質量%之量為較佳。下限係10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為更進一步較佳,55質量%以上為更進一步較佳,60質量%以上為特佳。上限係75質量%以下為較佳,70質量%以下為更佳。藉由提高樹脂組成物的固體成分濃度(總固體成分),能夠藉由一次塗佈而形成厚樹脂層。例如,藉由將樹脂組成物的總固體成分設為50質量%以上,能夠藉由一次塗佈而形成5~40μm厚度的樹脂層。又,若樹脂組成物的總固體成分為80質量%以下,則樹脂組成物中的成分的溶解性良好。溶劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上,當為2種以上時,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the solvent is preferably from 5 to 80% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, still more preferably 50% by mass or more, and even more preferably 55% by mass or more, and 60% by mass. The above is especially good. The upper limit is preferably 75 mass% or less, more preferably 70 mass% or less. By increasing the solid content concentration (total solid content) of the resin composition, a thick resin layer can be formed by one application. For example, by setting the total solid content of the resin composition to 50% by mass or more, a resin layer having a thickness of 5 to 40 μm can be formed by one application. In addition, when the total solid content of the resin composition is 80% by mass or less, the solubility of the components in the resin composition is good. The solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the amount is two or more, the total amount is preferably in the above range.

樹脂組成物亦可以含有觸媒。例如,在使用了具有烷氧基矽基等交聯性基之樹脂的情況或使用了交聯劑的情況下,藉由樹脂組成物含有觸媒,促進交聯性基的交聯而容易得到機械物性、耐溶劑性、耐熱性等優異之樹脂膜。The resin composition may also contain a catalyst. For example, when a resin having a crosslinkable group such as an alkoxyfluorenyl group or a crosslinking agent is used, it is easy to obtain a crosslink of a crosslinkable group by containing a catalyst in a resin composition. A resin film excellent in mechanical properties, solvent resistance, heat resistance, and the like.

作為觸媒,可舉出有機金屬系觸媒、酸系觸媒、胺系觸媒等,有機金屬系觸媒為較佳。有機金屬系觸媒係含有選自包括Na、K、Ca、Mg、Ti、Zr、Al、Zn、Sn及Bi之組中之至少一個金屬之、選自包括氧化物、硫化物、鹵化物、碳酸鹽、羧酸鹽、磺酸鹽、磷酸鹽、硝酸鹽、硫酸鹽、烷氧化物、氫氧化物及可具有取代基之乙醯丙酮錯合物之組中之至少1種為較佳。其中,上述金屬之、選自包括鹵化物、羧酸鹽、硝酸鹽、硫酸鹽、氫氧化物及可具有取代基之乙醯丙酮錯合物之組中之至少1種為較佳,乙醯丙酮錯合物為進一步較佳。尤其,Al的乙醯丙酮錯合物為較佳。作為有機金屬系觸媒的具體例,例如可舉出三(2,4-戊二酮)鋁等。Examples of the catalyst include an organometallic catalyst, an acid catalyst, and an amine catalyst, and an organic metal catalyst is preferred. The organometallic-based catalyst contains at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Na, K, Ca, Mg, Ti, Zr, Al, Zn, Sn, and Bi, and is selected from the group consisting of oxides, sulfides, and halides. At least one of the group consisting of a carbonate, a carboxylate, a sulfonate, a phosphate, a nitrate, a sulfate, an alkoxide, a hydroxide, and a acetamidine complex which may have a substituent is preferred. Wherein at least one selected from the group consisting of a halide, a carboxylate, a nitrate, a sulfate, a hydroxide, and a acetamidine complex which may have a substituent is preferred; An acetone complex is further preferred. In particular, an acetamidineacetate complex of Al is preferred. Specific examples of the organometallic catalyst include tris(2,4-pentanedione)aluminum and the like.

當樹脂組成物含有觸媒時,觸媒的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,係0.01~5質量%為較佳。上限係3質量%以下為較佳,1質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限係0.05質量%以上為較佳。When the resin composition contains a catalyst, the content of the catalyst is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The upper limit is preferably 3% by mass or less, and more preferably 1% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.05% by mass or more.

樹脂組成物亦能夠含有自由基捕獲劑。作為自由基捕獲劑,可舉出肟化合物。作為肟化合物的市售品,能夠使用IRGACURE-OXE01、IRGACURE-OXE02、IRGACURE-OXE03、IRGACURE-OXE04(以上,由BASF公司製造)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製造)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、Adeka Optomer N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製造、日本特開2012-14052號公報中記載的光聚合起始劑2)等。The resin composition can also contain a radical scavenger. As the radical scavenger, an anthracene compound is mentioned. As a commercial product of a ruthenium compound, IRGACURE-OXE01, IRGACURE-OXE02, IRGACURE-OXE03, IRGACURE-OXE04 (above, manufactured by BASF Corporation), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronic New Material Co., Ltd.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP-A-2012-14052) Wait.

又,作為肟化合物,亦能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為具有氟原子之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中記載的化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報中記載的化合物24和化合物36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報中記載的化合物(C-3)等。該內容被編入本說明書中。Further, as the ruthenium compound, a ruthenium compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of the ruthenium compound having a fluorine atom include the compound described in JP-A-2010-262028, and the compound 24 and compounds 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, JP-A-2013 Compound (C-3) or the like described in JP-164471. This content is incorporated in this specification.

又,作為肟化合物,能夠使用具有硝基之肟化合物。具有硝基之肟化合物設為二聚物亦較佳。作為具有硝基之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-114249號公報的段落號0031~0047、日本特開2014-137466號公報的段落號0008~0012、0070~0079中所記載之化合物、日本專利4223071號公報的段落號0007~0025中所記載之化合物、ADEKA ARKLSNCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。Further, as the ruthenium compound, a ruthenium compound having a nitro group can be used. It is also preferred that the ruthenium compound having a nitro group be a dimer. Specific examples of the ruthenium compound having a nitro group include those described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP-A-2013-114249 and paragraphs 0008 to 0102 and 0070 to 0079 of JP-A-2014-137466. The compound, ADEKA ARKLSNCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), and the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4,223,071.

又,作為肟化合物,亦能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報中記載的化合物。該內容被編入本說明書中。Further, as the ruthenium compound, a ruthenium compound having an anthracene ring can also be used. Specific examples of the ruthenium compound having an anthracene ring include the compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466. This content is incorporated in this specification.

又,作為肟化合物,亦能夠使用具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物。作為具體例,可舉出國際公開WO2015/036910號公報中所記載之化合物OE-01~OE-75。Further, as the ruthenium compound, a ruthenium compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.

自由基捕獲劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,係0.01~30質量%為較佳。下限係0.1質量%以上為較佳。上限係20質量%以下為較佳,10質量%以下為更佳。The content of the radical scavenger is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 0.1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less.

樹脂組成物亦能夠含有界面活性劑。界面活性劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以組合2種以上。界面活性劑的含量相對於近紅外線吸收組成物的總固體成分,係0.0001~5質量%為較佳。下限係0.005質量%以上為較佳,0.01質量%以上為更佳。上限係2質量%以下為較佳,1質量%以下為更佳。藉由使樹脂組成物含有界面活性劑,例如在重複塗佈樹脂組成物而形成樹脂層時,能夠提高樹脂組成物的潤濕性。The resin composition can also contain a surfactant. The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the near-infrared absorbing composition. The lower limit is preferably 0.005 mass% or more, more preferably 0.01 mass% or more. The upper limit is preferably 2% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less. When the resin composition contains a surfactant, for example, when the resin composition is repeatedly applied to form a resin layer, the wettability of the resin composition can be improved.

作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、聚矽氧系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑,氟系界面活性劑及聚矽氧系界面活性劑為較佳,氟系界面活性劑為更佳。氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率係3~40質量%為較佳。下限係5質量%以上為較佳,7質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係30質量%以下為較佳,25質量%以下為進一步較佳。只要氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率在上述範圍內,則在塗膜厚度的均勻性和省液性方面係有效。As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a polyoxyn surfactant can be used, and a fluorine-based surfactant can be used. A polyoxo-based surfactant is preferred, and a fluorine-based surfactant is more preferred. The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably from 3 to 40% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 7% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 25% by mass or less. When the fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is within the above range, it is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving property.

作為氟系界面活性劑,可舉出日本特開2014-41318號公報的0060~0064段落號(所對應之國際公開2014/17669號公報的0060~0064段落號)等中記載的界面活性劑、日本特開2011-132503號公報的0117~0132段落號中記載的界面活性劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如可舉出MEGAFACE F171、F172、F173、F176、F177、F141、F142、F143、F144、R30、F437、F475、F479、F482、F554、F780(以上,由DIC Corporation製造)、Fluorad FC430、FC431、FC171(以上,由Sumitomo 3M Limited製造)、Surflon S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S393、KH-40(以上,由ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製造)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上,由OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)等。The surfactants described in, for example, paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-41318 (corresponding to paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of International Publication No. 2014/17669, etc.), etc. The surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP-A-2011-132503, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Examples of commercially available products of the fluorine-based surfactant include MEGAFACE F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, and F780 (above, Manufactured by DIC Corporation, Fluorad FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381 , SC-383, S393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (above, manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.) and the like.

又,作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠適當地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物含有具有含氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且若進行加熱,則含氟原子之官能基局部被切斷而氟原子揮發。作為該種氟系界面活性劑,可舉出DIC Corporation製造的MEGAFACE DS系列(化學工業日報,2016年2月22日以及日經產業新聞,2016年2月23日),例如MEGAFACE DS-21,並且能夠使用該等。In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, an acrylic compound having a molecular structure having a functional group having a fluorine atom can be suitably used, and when heated, the functional group of the fluorine atom is partially cut off. The fluorine atom is volatilized. Examples of such a fluorine-based surfactant include the MEGAFACE DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily, February 22, 2016 and Nikkei Industry News, February 23, 2016), such as MEGAFACE DS-21. And can use these.

作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠使用嵌段聚合物。例如,可舉出日本特開2011-89090號公報中所記載之化合物。作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物含有:源自具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元;及源自具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)伸烷氧基(較佳為乙烯氧基、丙烯氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元。下述化合物亦作為本發明中所用之氟系界面活性劑而例示。 [化學式15]上述化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為3,000~50,000,例如為14,000。上述化合物中,表示重複單元的比例之%為質量%。As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. For example, the compound described in JP-A-2011-89090 can be mentioned. As the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing: a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom; and The above (preferably 5 or more) repeating units of a (meth) acrylate compound of an alkoxy group (preferably a vinyloxy group, a propyleneoxy group). The following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention. [Chemical Formula 15] The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably from 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. Among the above compounds, the % indicating the ratio of the repeating unit is % by mass.

又,作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠使用在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的段落號0050~0090及段落號0289~0295中所記載之化合物,例如DIC Corporation製造的MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等。作為氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號公報的段落號0015~0158中記載的化合物。Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, for example, MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation. , RS-72-K, etc. As the fluorine-based surfactant, the compound described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,可舉出日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0553(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的段落號0679)中記載的非離子系界面活性劑,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為陽離子系界面活性劑,可舉出日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0554(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的段落號0680)中記載的陽離子系界面活性劑,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為陰離子系界面活性劑,可舉出W004、W005、W017(Yusho Co.,Ltd.製)等。作為聚矽氧系界面活性劑,例如可舉出KF6001(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0556(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的段落號0682)中記載的聚矽氧系界面活性劑,該內容被編入本說明書中。The nonionic surfactant activity described in JP-A No. 2012-208494, paragraph 0553 (paragraph 0679 of the specification of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099) This content is incorporated in this specification. The cation-based surfactant described in JP-A No. 2012-208494, paragraph No. 0554 (paragraph 0680 of the specification of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099), This content is incorporated in this specification. Examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, and W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.). For example, KF6001 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), and JP-A-2012-208494, Paragraph No. 0556 (corresponding U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/) The polyfluorene-based surfactant described in Paragraph No. 0682) of the specification No. 0235099 is incorporated herein by reference.

樹脂組成物能夠含有紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,能夠使用共軛二烯化合物、胺基二烯化合物、水楊酸酯化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯并三唑化合物、丙烯腈化合物、羥基苯基三𠯤化合物等。其中,從與銅化合物的相容性良好,進而銅化合物與吸收波長合適,從而維持優異之可見透明性並且能夠提高紫外線的遮蔽性之理由考慮,苯并三唑化合物及羥基苯基三𠯤化合物為較佳。關於該等之詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-208374號公報的段落號0052~0072、日本特開2013-68814號公報的段落號0317~0334的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。作為苯并三唑化合物的市售品,可舉出TINUVIN PS、TINUVIN 99-2、TINUVIN 384-2、TINUVIN 900、TINUVIN 928、TINUVIN 1130(以上,由BASF公司製造)等。又,作為苯并三唑化合物,亦可使用MIYOSHI OIL & FAT CO.,LTD.製造的MYUA系列(化學工業日報,2016年2月1日)。紫外線吸收劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,係0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.01~5質量%為更佳。The resin composition can contain a UV absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, a conjugated diene compound, an aminodiene compound, a salicylate compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, an acrylonitrile compound, a hydroxyphenyl triazine compound, or the like can be used. Among them, the benzotriazole compound and the hydroxyphenyl triterpene compound are considered from the viewpoints of good compatibility with the copper compound, and further suitable copper compound and absorption wavelength, thereby maintaining excellent visible transparency and improving the shielding property of ultraviolet rays. It is better. For the details of the above, the descriptions of paragraphs 0033 to 0723 of JP-A-2012-208374, and paragraphs 0317 to 0334 of JP-A-2013-68814 are incorporated herein by reference. Commercial products of the benzotriazole compound include TINUVIN PS, TINUVIN 99-2, TINUVIN 384-2, TINUVIN 900, TINUVIN 928, and TINUVIN 1130 (above, manufactured by BASF Corporation). Further, as the benzotriazole compound, MYUA series (Chemical Industry Daily, February 1, 2016) manufactured by MIYOSHI OIL & FAT CO., LTD. can also be used. The content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition.

樹脂組成物還可以含有分散劑、增感劑、硬化促進劑、填料、熱硬化促進劑、熱聚合抑制劑、可塑劑、密接促進劑及其他助劑類(例如,導電性粒子、填充劑、消泡劑、阻燃劑、均染劑、剝離促進劑、抗氧化劑、香料、表面張力調整劑、鏈轉移劑等)。該等成分能夠參閱日本特開2008-250074號公報的段落號0101~0104、0107~0109等的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為抗氧化劑,可舉出酚化合物、亞磷酸酯化合物、硫醚化合物等。分子量500以上的酚化合物、分子量500以上的亞磷酸酯化合物或分子量500以上的硫醚化合物為更佳。該等亦可以混合使用2種以上。作為酚化合物,能夠使用已知為酚系抗氧化劑之任意的酚化合物。作為較佳的酚化合物,可舉出受阻酚化合物。特別在與酚性羥基相鄰之部位(鄰位)具有取代基之化合物為較佳。作為前述取代基,碳數1~22的取代或未取代的烷基為較佳,甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、三級丁基、戊基、異戊基、三級戊基、己基、辛基、異辛基、2-乙基己基為更佳。又,在同一分子內具有酚基和亞磷酸酯基之化合物(抗氧化劑)亦較佳。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠適當地使用磷系抗氧化劑。作為磷系抗氧化劑,可舉出選自包括三[2-[[2,4,8,10-四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜磷雜環庚烯(dioxaphosphepine)-6-基]氧基]乙基]胺、三[2-[(4,6,9,11-四-三級丁基二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜磷雜環庚烯-2-基)氧基]乙基]胺及亞磷酸乙基雙(2,4-二-三級丁基-6-甲基苯基)之組中之至少1種化合物。該等能夠作為市售品而輕鬆地獲得,可舉出ADKSTAB AO-20、ADKSTAB AO-30、ADKSTAB AO-40、ADKSTAB AO-50、ADKSTAB AO-50F、ADKSTAB AO-60、ADKSTAB AO-60G、ADKSTAB AO-80、ADKSTAB AO-330(ADEKA CORPORATION)等。抗氧化劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,係0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.3~15質量%為更佳。抗氧化劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當為2種以上時,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。The resin composition may further contain a dispersant, a sensitizer, a hardening accelerator, a filler, a thermosetting accelerator, a thermal polymerization inhibitor, a plasticizer, a adhesion promoter, and other auxiliary agents (for example, conductive particles, a filler, Defoamer, flame retardant, leveling agent, peeling accelerator, antioxidant, perfume, surface tension adjuster, chain transfer agent, etc.). For the above-mentioned components, the descriptions of paragraphs 0101 to 0104 and 0107 to 0109 of JP-A-2008-250074 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification. Further, examples of the antioxidant include a phenol compound, a phosphite compound, and a thioether compound. A phenol compound having a molecular weight of 500 or more, a phosphite compound having a molecular weight of 500 or more, or a thioether compound having a molecular weight of 500 or more is more preferable. These may also be used in combination of 2 or more types. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. As a preferable phenol compound, a hindered phenol compound is mentioned. Particularly, a compound having a substituent at a site adjacent to the phenolic hydroxyl group (ortho) is preferred. As the above substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tertiary butyl group, a pentyl group, and the like. Isoamyl, tertiary pentyl, hexyl, octyl, isooctyl, 2-ethylhexyl are more preferred. Further, a compound having an phenol group and a phosphite group (antioxidant) in the same molecule is also preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be suitably used. As the phosphorus-based antioxidant, it is exemplified to include three [2-[[2,4,8,10-tetra(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3 , 2] dioxaphosphepine-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo) [d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphole-2-enyloxy]ethyl]amine and ethyl bisphosphite (2,4-di-tertiary butyl- At least one compound of the group of 6-methylphenyl). These can be easily obtained as commercially available products, and include ADKSTAB AO-20, ADKSTAB AO-30, ADKSTAB AO-40, ADKSTAB AO-50, ADKSTAB AO-50F, ADKSTAB AO-60, ADKSTAB AO-60G, ADKSTAB AO-80, ADKSTAB AO-330 (ADEKA CORPORATION), etc. The content of the antioxidant is preferably from 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably from 0.3 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resin composition. The antioxidant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When it is two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is in the above range.

當藉由塗佈形成樹脂膜時,樹脂組成物的黏度係1~3000mPa・s為較佳。下限係10mPa・s以上為較佳,100mPa・s以上為進一步較佳。上限係2000mPa・s以下為較佳,1500mPa・s以下為進一步較佳。When the resin film is formed by coating, the viscosity of the resin composition is preferably from 1 to 3,000 mPa·s. The lower limit is preferably 10 mPa·s or more, and more preferably 100 mPa·s or more. The upper limit is preferably 2000 mPa·s or less, and more preferably 1500 mPa·s or less.

上述樹脂組成物能夠將各成分進行混合而製備。在製備樹脂組成物時,可以將構成樹脂組成物之各成分進行統一調合,亦可以將各成分溶解和/或分散於溶劑中後逐次進行調合。又,進行調合時的投入順序和操作條件並不受特別限制。The above resin composition can be prepared by mixing the components. In the preparation of the resin composition, the components constituting the resin composition may be uniformly blended, or the components may be dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent and then blended one by one. Further, the order of input and the operating conditions at the time of blending are not particularly limited.

作為樹脂組成物的收容容器,並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的收容容器。又,作為收納容器,出於抑制雜質混入原材料或組成物中之目的,使用由6種6層的樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶或6種樹脂製成7層結構之瓶子亦較佳。作為該種容器,例如可舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中記載的容器。The storage container of the resin composition is not particularly limited, and a known storage container can be used. Further, as a storage container, it is preferable to use a multi-layer bottle or a resin having six layers of six kinds of resin to form a seven-layered bottle, in order to prevent impurities from being mixed into a material or a composition. As such a container, for example, a container described in JP-A-2015-123351 can be cited.

含有銅化合物之樹脂層能夠如下形成,亦即,將上述樹脂組成物適用於含有銅之玻璃、紅外線吸收色素層等支撐體上而形成樹脂組成物層,並且對樹脂組成物層進行乾燥而形成。膜厚能夠根據目的而適當選擇在上述範圍內。The resin layer containing a copper compound can be formed by applying the resin composition to a support such as a glass containing copper or an infrared absorbing pigment layer to form a resin composition layer, and drying the resin composition layer. . The film thickness can be appropriately selected within the above range depending on the purpose.

作為樹脂組成物的適用方法,能夠使用公知的方法。例如可舉出滴加法(滴鑄);狹縫塗佈法;噴塗法;輥塗法;旋轉塗佈法(旋塗法);流延塗佈法;狹縫旋塗法;預濕法(例如,日本特開2009-145395號公報中所記載之方法);噴墨(例如按需方式、壓電方式、熱方式)、噴嘴噴射等噴出系印刷、柔版印刷、綱版印刷、凹版印刷、反轉平版印刷、金屬遮罩印刷法等各種印刷法;使用了模具等之轉印法;奈米壓印法;刮塗法;棒塗法;塗佈機塗佈法(applicator coating method)等。作為基於噴墨之適用方法,只要係能夠噴出組成物之方法,則並無特別限定,例如能夠使用「可擴展、使用之噴墨-專利中看到之無限可能性-,2005年2月發行,Sumibe Techno Research Co., Ltd.」中示出之專利公報中記載的方法(尤其115頁~133頁)或日本特開2003-262716號公報、日本特開2003-185831號公報、日本特開2003-261827號公報、日本特開2012-126830號公報、日本特開2006-169325號公報等中記載的方法。As a method of applying the resin composition, a known method can be used. For example, a dropping method (drop casting), a slit coating method, a spray coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method (spin coating method), a casting coating method, a slit spin coating method, and a pre-wetting method ( For example, the method described in JP-A-2009-145395); inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezoelectric method, thermal method), nozzle discharge, and the like, discharge printing, flexographic printing, offset printing, and gravure printing. Various printing methods such as reverse lithography and metal mask printing; transfer methods using a mold or the like; nanoimprint method; blade coating method; bar coating method; applicator coating method Wait. The method of applying the inkjet is not particularly limited as long as it can eject the composition. For example, the "expandable, injectable inkjet-infinite possibilities seen in the patent" can be used, and is issued in February 2005. The method described in the patent publication shown in Sumibe Techno Research Co., Ltd. (especially pages 115 to 133), or JP-A-2003-262716, JP-A-2003-185831, and JP-A The method described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. JP-A-2006-169325, and the like.

作為樹脂組成物層的乾燥條件,能夠依據樹脂組成物中所含之各成分的種類和含量等而進行適當調整。例如,作為乾燥溫度,40~160℃為較佳。下限係60℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳。上限係140℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳。作為加熱時間,1~600分鐘為較佳。下限係10分鐘以上為較佳,30分鐘以上為更佳。上限係300分鐘以下為較佳,180分鐘以下為更佳。又,亦可舉出如下方法:從室溫(例如25℃)以一定的升溫速度升溫至規定的乾燥溫度,然後保持該溫度而進行乾燥。作為升溫速度,0.5~10℃/分鐘為較佳,1.0~5℃/分鐘為更佳。The drying conditions of the resin composition layer can be appropriately adjusted depending on the type and content of each component contained in the resin composition. For example, as the drying temperature, 40 to 160 ° C is preferred. The lower limit is preferably 60 ° C or higher, and more preferably 80 ° C or higher. The upper limit is preferably 140 ° C or less, more preferably 120 ° C or less. As the heating time, 1 to 600 minutes is preferred. The lower limit is preferably 10 minutes or more, more preferably 30 minutes or more. The upper limit is preferably 300 minutes or less, and more preferably 180 minutes or less. Further, a method may be employed in which the temperature is raised from a room temperature (for example, 25 ° C) to a predetermined drying temperature at a constant temperature increase rate, and then the temperature is maintained and dried. The temperature increase rate is preferably 0.5 to 10 ° C / min, more preferably 1.0 to 5 ° C / min.

在樹脂層的形成方法中,亦可以包括其他步驟。作為其他步驟,並無特別限制,能夠根據目的而適當選擇。例如可舉出硬化處理步驟等。In the method of forming the resin layer, other steps may also be included. The other steps are not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, a hardening treatment step or the like can be given.

在硬化處理步驟中,作為樹脂組成物層的硬化處理方法,並無特別限制,能夠根據目的而適當選擇。例如可舉出曝光處理、加熱處理等,從容易得到機械物性優異之樹脂層這一理由考慮,加熱處理為較佳。此處,在本發明中,「曝光」以不僅包含各種波長的光,還包含電子束、X射線等放射線照射之含義而使用。In the hardening treatment step, the method of curing the resin composition layer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, exposure treatment, heat treatment, and the like are mentioned, and from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a resin layer having excellent mechanical properties, heat treatment is preferred. Here, in the present invention, the "exposure" is used to include not only light of various wavelengths but also radiation such as electron beams and X-rays.

作為曝光處理,對樹脂組成物層照射放射線而進行為較佳。作為放射線,電子束、KrF、ArF、g射線、h射線、i射線等紫外線為較佳。作為曝光方式,可舉出步進式曝光、使用了高壓水銀燈之曝光等。曝光量係5~3000mJ/cm2 為較佳。上限係2000mJ/cm2 以下為較佳,1000mJ/cm2 以下為更佳。下限係10mJ/cm2 以上為較佳,50mJ/cm2 以上為更佳。作為曝光裝置,並無特別限制,能夠根據目的而適當選擇,例如可舉出超高壓水銀燈等紫外線曝光機。As the exposure treatment, it is preferred to irradiate the resin composition layer with radiation. As the radiation, ultraviolet rays such as an electron beam, KrF, ArF, g-ray, h-ray, or i-ray are preferable. Examples of the exposure method include step exposure, exposure using a high pressure mercury lamp, and the like. The exposure amount is preferably from 5 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 . The upper limit is preferably 2000 mJ/cm 2 or less, more preferably 1000 mJ/cm 2 or less. The lower limit is preferably 10 mJ/cm 2 or more, and more preferably 50 mJ/cm 2 or more. The exposure apparatus is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and examples thereof include an ultraviolet exposure machine such as an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp.

作為加熱處理中的加熱溫度,100~180℃為較佳。下限係120℃以上為較佳,140℃以上為更佳。上限係170℃以下為較佳,160℃以下為更佳。作為加熱時間,0.5~48小時為較佳。下限係1小時以上為較佳,1.5小時以上為更佳。上限係24小時以下為較佳,6小時以下為更佳。作為加熱裝置,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的裝置中根據目的而適當選擇,例如可舉出熱風乾燥器、乾燥烘箱、加熱板、紅外線加熱器、波長控制乾燥機等。The heating temperature in the heat treatment is preferably 100 to 180 °C. The lower limit is preferably 120 ° C or more, more preferably 140 ° C or more. The upper limit is preferably 170 ° C or less, more preferably 160 ° C or less. As the heating time, 0.5 to 48 hours is preferred. The lower limit is preferably 1 hour or longer, more preferably 1.5 hours or longer. The upper limit is preferably 24 hours or less, more preferably 6 hours or less. The heating device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known devices depending on the purpose, and examples thereof include a hot air dryer, a drying oven, a hot plate, an infrared heater, and a wavelength control dryer.

又,亦可以對硬化處理後的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)進行老化。老化中,對樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)進行高溫高濕處理為較佳。作為老化溫度,60~150℃為較佳。下限係70℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳。上限係140℃以下為較佳,130℃以下為更佳。作為濕度,30~100%為較佳。下限係40%以上為較佳,50%以上為更佳。上限係95%以下為較佳,90%以下為更佳。作為老化時間,0.5~100小時為較佳。下限係1小時以上為較佳,2小時以上為更佳。上限係50小時以下為較佳,25小時以下為更佳。作為老化裝置,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的裝置中根據目的而適當選擇,例如可舉出高溫高濕爐等。Further, the resin composition layer (resin layer) after the hardening treatment may be aged. In the aging, it is preferred to subject the resin composition layer (resin layer) to high temperature and high humidity treatment. As the aging temperature, 60 to 150 ° C is preferred. The lower limit is preferably 70 ° C or higher, and more preferably 80 ° C or higher. The upper limit is preferably 140 ° C or lower, and more preferably 130 ° C or lower. As the humidity, 30 to 100% is preferable. The lower limit is preferably 40% or more, more preferably 50% or more. The upper limit is preferably 95% or less, and more preferably 90% or less. As the aging time, 0.5 to 100 hours is preferred. The lower limit is preferably 1 hour or longer, more preferably 2 hours or longer. The upper limit is preferably 50 hours or less, more preferably 25 hours or less. The aging apparatus is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known apparatuses depending on the purpose, and examples thereof include a high-temperature high-humidity furnace.

又,對將樹脂組成物適用於支撐體而形成之樹脂組成物層,亦可以不經由上述硬化處理步驟而進行上述老化。亦即,對樹脂組成物層,亦可以不經由硬化步驟而進行老化從而形成樹脂層。該態樣中,老化兼具硬化處理步驟。又,作為老化條件(溫度、濕度、時間),可舉出上述條件。Further, the resin composition layer formed by applying the resin composition to the support may be subjected to the above-described deterioration without passing through the above-described curing treatment step. That is, the resin composition layer may be aged without passing through a hardening step to form a resin layer. In this aspect, the aging has both a hardening treatment step. Moreover, as an aging condition (temperature, humidity, time), the said conditions are mentioned.

<<含有紅外線吸收色素之層>> 本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器包含含有紅外線吸收色素之層(以下,還稱為紅外線吸收色素層或IR色素組成物層)。<<Layer Containing Infrared Absorbing Pigment>> The near-infrared cut filter of the present invention includes a layer containing an infrared absorbing dye (hereinafter also referred to as an infrared absorbing pigment layer or an IR dye composition layer).

紅外線吸收色素層在波長600~1100nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長為較佳。下限係620nm以上為較佳,650nm以上為更佳,680nm以上為進一步較佳。上限係900nm以下為較佳,850nm以下為更佳,800nm以下為進一步較佳。又,紅外線吸收色素層的極大吸收波長λ1係比含有銅化合物之樹脂層的極大吸收波長λ2短的波長為較佳。依據該態樣,能夠設為對寬範圍的近紅外區域的光的遮蔽性優異之近紅外線截止濾波器。含有銅化合物之樹脂層的極大吸收波長λ2與紅外線吸收色素層的極大吸收波長λ1之差(λ2-λ1)係20~350nm為較佳,50~300nm為更佳,100~250nm為進一步較佳。The infrared absorbing pigment layer preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 600 to 1100 nm. The lower limit is preferably 620 nm or more, more preferably 650 nm or more, and still more preferably 680 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 900 nm or less, more preferably 850 nm or less, and still more preferably 800 nm or less. Further, the maximum absorption wavelength λ1 of the infrared absorbing pigment layer is preferably shorter than the maximum absorption wavelength λ2 of the resin layer containing the copper compound. According to this aspect, it is possible to provide a near-infrared cut filter excellent in shielding properties against light in a wide range of near-infrared regions. The difference between the maximum absorption wavelength λ2 of the resin layer containing the copper compound and the maximum absorption wavelength λ1 of the infrared absorbing pigment layer (λ2-λ1) is preferably 20 to 350 nm, more preferably 50 to 300 nm, and further preferably 100 to 250 nm. .

紅外線吸收色素層中的紅外線吸收色素的含量係10~90質量%為較佳。下限係20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,45質量%以上為特佳。上限係80質量%以下為較佳,70質量%以下為更佳,65質量%以下為進一步較佳。The content of the infrared absorbing dye in the infrared absorbing pigment layer is preferably from 10 to 90% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, still more preferably 40% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 45% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and still more preferably 65% by mass or less.

紅外線吸收色素層含有樹脂為較佳。紅外線吸收色素層中的樹脂的含量係5~90質量%為較佳。下限係10質量%以上為較佳,15質量%以上為更佳,20質量%以上為進一步較佳,25質量%以上為特佳。上限係80質量%以下為較佳,70質量%以下為更佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。It is preferred that the infrared absorbing pigment layer contains a resin. The content of the resin in the infrared absorbing pigment layer is preferably from 5 to 90% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, still more preferably 20% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 25% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and still more preferably 50% by mass or less.

紅外線吸收色素層能夠使用含有紅外線吸收色素之組成物而形成。以下,對在形成本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器中的紅外線吸收色素層時能夠較佳地使用之組成物(紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物)進行說明。The infrared absorbing pigment layer can be formed using a composition containing an infrared absorbing pigment. In the following, a composition (infrared absorbing pigment layer forming composition) which can be preferably used in forming the infrared absorbing pigment layer in the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention will be described.

紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物含有紅外線吸收色素。紅外線吸收色素係在波長600~1100nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物為較佳。下限係620nm以上為較佳,650nm以上為更佳,680nm以上為進一步較佳。上限係900nm以下為較佳,850nm以下為更佳,800nm以下為進一步較佳。The composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer contains an infrared absorbing dye. The infrared absorbing dye is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of 600 to 1100 nm. The lower limit is preferably 620 nm or more, more preferably 650 nm or more, and still more preferably 680 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 900 nm or less, more preferably 850 nm or less, and still more preferably 800 nm or less.

作為紅外線吸收色素,選自吡咯并吡咯化合物、花青化合物、方酸菁(squarylium)化合物、酞青化合物、萘酞青化合物、四萘嵌三苯(quaterrylene)化合物、部花青化合物、克酮鎓(croconium)化合物、氧雜菁化合物、二亞銨化合物、二硫醇化合物、三芳基甲烷化合物、吡咯亞甲基化合物、甲亞胺(azomethine)化合物、蒽醌化合物及二苯并呋喃酮化合物中之至少1種為較佳,選自吡咯并吡咯化合物、花青化合物、方酸菁化合物、酞青化合物、萘酞青化合物及四萘嵌三苯化合物中之至少1種為更佳,選自吡咯并吡咯化合物、花青化合物及方酸菁化合物中之至少1種為進一步較佳,吡咯并吡咯化合物為特佳。作為二亞銨化合物,例如可舉出日本特表2008-528706號公報中記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為酞青化合物,例如可舉出日本特開2012-77153號公報的段落號0093中記載的化合物、日本特開2006-343631號公報中記載的氧鈦酞青、日本特開2013-195480號公報的段落號0013~0029中記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。作為萘酞青化合物,例如可舉出日本特開2012-77153號公報的段落號0093中記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,花青化合物、酞青化合物、萘酞青化合物、二亞銨化合物及方酸菁化合物亦可使用日本特開2010-111750號公報的段落號0010~0081中記載的化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,花青化合物例如能夠參閱「功能性色素,大河原信/松岡賢/北尾悌次郎/平嶋恆亮・著,Kodansha Scientific Ltd.」,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為紅外線吸收色素,能夠使用日本特開2016-146619號公報中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。The infrared absorbing dye is selected from the group consisting of a pyrrolopyrrole compound, a cyanine compound, a squarylium compound, an indigo compound, a naphthoquinone compound, a quaterrylene compound, a merocyanine compound, and a ketone. Croconium compound, oxonium compound, diimmonium compound, dithiol compound, triarylmethane compound, pyrrolemethylene compound, azomethine compound, hydrazine compound and dibenzofuranone compound At least one of them is preferably selected from at least one selected from the group consisting of a pyrrolopyrrole compound, a cyanine compound, a squaraine compound, an indigo compound, a naphthoquinone compound, and a tetralin compound. Further, at least one of the pyrrolopyrrole compound, the cyanine compound and the squaraine compound is further preferably a pyrrolopyrrole compound. The diimmonium compound is, for example, a compound described in JP-A-2008-528706, which is incorporated herein by reference. For example, the compound described in paragraph 0093 of JP-A-2012-77153, and the oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP-A-2006-343631, JP-A-2013-195480 The compounds described in paragraphs 0013 to 0029 are incorporated in the present specification. The naphthoquinone compound is, for example, a compound described in paragraph 0093 of JP-A-2012-77153, which is incorporated herein by reference. Further, as the cyanine compound, the indigo compound, the naphthoquinone compound, the diimonium compound, and the squaraine compound, the compound described in paragraphs 0010 to 0081 of JP-A-2010-111750 may be used, and the content is incorporated. In this manual. In addition, the cyanine compound can be referred to, for example, "functional coloring matter, Okawa Shinshin / Matsuoka Kenji / Kitajima Jiro / Hiratsuka Hiroshi, Kodansha Scientific Ltd.", which is incorporated herein by reference. Further, as the infrared absorbing dye, a compound described in JP-A-2016-146619 can be used, and the content is incorporated in the present specification.

作為吡咯并吡咯化合物,以式(PP)所表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式16]式中,R1a 及R1b 分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R2 及R3 亦可以相互鍵結而形成環,R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、雜芳基、-BR4A R4B 或金屬原子,R4 亦可以與選自R1a 、R1b 及R3 中之至少一個進行共價鍵結或配位鍵結,R4A 及R4B 分別獨立地表示取代基。關於式(PP)的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2009-263614號公報的段落號0017~0047、日本特開2011-68731號公報的段落號0011~0036、國際公開WO2015/166873號公報的段落號0010~0024的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。As the pyrrolopyrrole compound, a compound represented by the formula (PP) is preferred. [Chemical Formula 16] In the formula, R 1a and R 1b each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. And R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, -BR 4A R 4B or a metal atom, and R 4 may also be bonded to at least one selected from the group consisting of R 1a , R 1b and R 3 . A valence bond or a coordination bond, and R 4A and R 4B each independently represent a substituent. For the details of the formula (PP), reference is made to paragraphs 0017 to 0047 of JP-A-2009-263614, paragraphs 0011 to 0036 of JP-A-2011-68731, and paragraphs of WO01/166873. The contents of the numbers 0010 to 0024 are incorporated in the present specification.

R1a 及R1b 分別獨立地表示芳基或雜芳基為較佳,芳基為更佳。又,R1a 及R1b 所表示之烷基、芳基及雜芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出烷氧基、羥基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、-OCOR11 、-SOR12 、-SO2 R13 等。R11 ~R13 分別獨立地表示烴基或雜環基。又,作為取代基,可舉出日本特開2009-263614號公報的段落號0020~0022中所記載之取代基。其中,作為取代基,烷氧基、羥基、氰基、硝基、-OCOR11 、-SOR12 、-SO2 R13 為較佳。作為以R1a 、R1b 所表示之基團,含有具有分支烷基之烷氧基作為取代基之芳基、含有羥基作為取代基之芳基或含有以-OCOR11 所表示之基團作為取代基之芳基為較佳。分支烷基的碳數係3~30為較佳,3~20為更佳。R 1a and R 1b each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and an aryl group is more preferable. Further, the alkyl group, the aryl group and the heteroaryl group represented by R 1a and R 1b may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, -OCOR 11 , -SOR 12 , -SO 2 R 13 and the like. R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group. Further, examples of the substituent include the substituents described in paragraphs 0020 to 0022 of JP-A-2009-263614. Among them, as the substituent, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, -OCOR 11 , -SOR 12 or -SO 2 R 13 are preferable. The group represented by R 1a or R 1b is an aryl group having an alkoxy group having a branched alkyl group as a substituent, an aryl group having a hydroxyl group as a substituent or a group represented by -OCOR 11 as a substituent. The aryl group is preferred. The branched alkyl group has preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms.

R2 及R3 中的至少一者係拉電子基團為較佳,R2 表示拉電子基團(較佳為氰基)、R3 表示雜芳基為更佳。雜芳基係5員環或6員環為較佳。又,雜芳基係單環或縮合環為較佳,單環或縮合數為2~8的縮合環為較佳,單環或縮合數為2~4的縮合環為更佳。構成雜芳基之雜原子的數量係1~3為較佳,1~2為更佳。作為雜原子,例如可例示出氮原子、氧原子、硫原子。雜芳基具有1個以上氮原子為較佳。式(PP)中的2個R2 可以彼此相同,亦可以不同。又,式(PP)中的2個R3 可以彼此相同,亦可以不同。It is preferred that at least one of R 2 and R 3 is an electron withdrawing group, R 2 represents an electron withdrawing group (preferably a cyano group), and R 3 represents a heteroaryl group. A heteroaryl 5-membered or 6-membered ring is preferred. Further, a heteroaryl monocyclic ring or a condensed ring is preferred, and a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having a condensation number of 2 to 8 is preferred, and a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having a condensation number of 2 to 4 is more preferable. The number of hetero atoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably from 1 to 3, more preferably from 1 to 2. Examples of the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. It is preferred that the heteroaryl group has one or more nitrogen atoms. The two R 2 in the formula (PP) may be the same as or different from each other. Further, two R 3 in the formula (PP) may be the same as or different from each other.

R4 係氫原子、烷基、芳基、雜芳基或以-BR4A R4B 所表示之基團為較佳,氫原子、烷基、芳基或以-BR4A R4B 所表示之基團為更佳,以-BR4A R4B 所表示之基團為進一步較佳。作為以R4A 及R4B 所表示之取代基,鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基或雜芳基為較佳,烷基、芳基或雜芳基為更佳,芳基為特佳。該等基團可進一步具有取代基。式(PP)中的2個R4 可以彼此相同,亦可以不同。R 4 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group or a group represented by -BR 4A R 4B , and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a group represented by -BR 4A R 4B The group is more preferably, and the group represented by -BR 4A R 4B is further preferred. As the substituent represented by R 4A and R 4B , a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is preferred, and an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is more preferable, and an aryl group is a special one. good. These groups may further have a substituent. The two R 4 in the formula (PP) may be the same as or different from each other.

作為以式(PP)所表示之化合物的具體例,可舉出下述結構的化合物。以下結構式中,Me表示甲基,Ph表示苯基。又,作為吡咯并吡咯化合物,可舉出日本特開2009-263614號公報的段落號0016~0058中記載的化合物、日本特開2011-68731號公報的段落號0037~0052中記載的化合物、國際公開WO2015/166873號公報的段落號0010~0033中記載的化合物等,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 [化學式17] Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (PP) include compounds having the following structures. In the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In addition, examples of the pyrrolopyrrole compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0054 of JP-A-2009-263614, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0037 to 0052 of JP-A-2011-68731. The compound described in Paragraph No. 0010 to 0033 of WO2015/166873 is disclosed, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification. [Chemical Formula 17]

作為方酸菁化合物,以下述式(SQ)所表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式18]式(SQ)中,A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示芳基、雜芳基或以式(A-1)所表示之基團; [化學式19]式(A-1)中,Z1 表示形成含氮雜環之非金屬原子團,R2 表示烷基、烯基或芳烷基,d表示0或1,波線表示連接鍵。關於式(SQ)的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2011-208101號公報的段落號0020~0049的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。As the squaraine compound, a compound represented by the following formula (SQ) is preferred. [Chemical Formula 18] In the formula (SQ), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an aryl group, a heteroaryl group or a group represented by the formula (A-1); [Chemical Formula 19] In the formula (A-1), Z 1 represents a non-metal atomic group forming a nitrogen-containing hetero ring, R 2 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aralkyl group, d represents 0 or 1, and a wavy line represents a linking bond. For the details of the formula (SQ), the descriptions of paragraphs 0020 to 0049 of JP-A-2011-208101 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

另外,式(SQ)中,如以下所示,陽離子非局部化地存在。 [化學式20] Further, in the formula (SQ), as described below, the cation is present non-localized. [Chemical Formula 20]

作為方酸菁化合物的具體例,可舉出以下所示之化合物。以下結構式中,EH表示乙基己基。又,作為方酸菁化合物,可舉出日本特開2011-208101號公報的段落號0044~0049中記載的化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。 [化學式21] Specific examples of the squaraine compound include the compounds shown below. In the following structural formula, EH represents an ethylhexyl group. Further, examples of the squaraine compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0044 to 0049 of JP-A-2011-208101, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. [Chemical Formula 21]

花青化合物係以式(C)所表示之化合物為較佳。 式(C) [化學式22]式中,Z1 及Z2 分別獨立地為形成可以進行縮環之5員或6員的含氮雜環之非金屬原子團,R101 及R102 分別獨立地表示烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基或芳基,L1 表示具有奇數個次甲基之次甲基鏈,a及b分別獨立地為0或1,a為0時,碳原子與氮原子以雙鍵鍵結,b為0時,碳原子與氮原子以單鍵鍵結,式中以Cy表示之部位為陽離子部時,X1 表示陰離子,c表示為了維持電荷的平衡而所需之數量,式中以Cy表示之部位為陰離子部時,X1 表示陽離子,c表示為了維持電荷的平衡而所需之數量,式中以Cy表示之部位的電荷在分子內被中和時,c為0。The cyanine compound is preferably a compound represented by the formula (C). Formula (C) [Chemical Formula 22] Wherein Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently a non-metal atomic group forming a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring capable of performing a condensed ring of 5 or 6 members, and R 101 and R 102 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group. , aralkyl or aryl, L 1 represents a methine chain having an odd number of methine groups, a and b are each independently 0 or 1, and when a is 0, a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom are bonded by a double bond. When b is 0, a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom are bonded by a single bond. When a moiety represented by Cy is a cation moiety, X 1 represents an anion, and c represents a quantity required to maintain a charge balance, and Cy is used in the formula. When the site indicated is an anion moiety, X 1 represents a cation, and c represents the amount required to maintain the balance of charge. When the charge of the moiety represented by Cy in the formula is neutralized in the molecule, c is 0.

作為花青化合物,可舉出日本特開2009-108267號公報的段落號0044~0045中記載的化合物、日本特開2002-194040號公報的段落號0026~0030中記載的化合物、日本特開2015-172004號公報中記載的化合物、日本特開2015-172102號公報中記載的化合物、日本特開2008-88426號公報中記載的化合物等,該等內容被編入本說明書中。The compound described in paragraphs 0044 to 0045 of JP-A-2009-108267, and the compound described in paragraphs 0026 to 0030 of JP-A-2002-194040, JP-A-2015 The compound described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-172102, the compound described in JP-A-2008-88426, and the like are incorporated herein by reference.

本發明中,作為紅外線吸收色素,還能夠使用市售品。例如可舉出SDO-C33(ARIMOTO CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造)、EXCOLOR IR-14、EXCOLOR IR-10A、EXCOLOR TX-EX-801B、EXCOLOR TX-EX-805K(NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.製造)、ShigenoxNIA-8041、ShigenoxNIA-8042、ShigenoxNIA-814、ShigenoxNIA-820、ShigenoxNIA-839(HAKKO CHEMICAL公司製造)、EpoliteV-63、Epolight3801、Epolight3036(EPOLIN公司製造)、PRO-JET825LDI(FUJIFILM Corporation製造)、NK-3027、NK-5060(HAYASHIBARA CO., LTD.製造)、YKR-3070(Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.製造)等。In the present invention, a commercially available product can also be used as the infrared absorbing dye. For example, SDO-C33 (manufactured by ARIMOTO CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.), EXCOLOR IR-14, EXCOLOR IR-10A, EXCOLOR TX-EX-801B, and EXCOLOR TX-EX-805K (manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.) ), Shigenox NIA-8041, Shigenox NIA-8042, Shigenox NIA-814, Shigenox NIA-820, Shigenox NIA-839 (manufactured by HAKKO CHEMICAL), Epolite V-63, Epolight 3801, Epolight 3036 (manufactured by EPOLIN), PRO-JET825LDI (manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation), NK-3027, NK-5060 (manufactured by HAYASHIBARA CO., LTD.), YKR-3070 (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.), and the like.

紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物中,紅外線吸收色素的含量相對於紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物的總固體成分,係10~90質量%為較佳。下限係20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,45質量%以上為特佳。上限係80質量%以下為較佳,70質量%以下為更佳,65質量%以下為進一步較佳。In the infrared absorbing pigment layer-forming composition, the content of the infrared absorbing dye is preferably from 10 to 90% by mass based on the total solid content of the infrared absorbing pigment layer-forming composition. The lower limit is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, still more preferably 40% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 45% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and still more preferably 65% by mass or less.

紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物能夠含有樹脂。作為樹脂,可舉出以上述樹脂組成物進行說明之樹脂。又,作為紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物中所使用之樹脂,亦能夠使用具有酸基之樹脂。作為酸基,例如可舉出羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等。該等酸基可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。具有酸基之樹脂能夠較佳地用作鹼可溶性樹脂。藉由紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物含有鹼可溶性樹脂,能夠藉由鹼顯影而形成所希望的圖案。The composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer can contain a resin. The resin described in the above resin composition is exemplified as the resin. Further, as the resin used in the composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer, a resin having an acid group can also be used. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more. A resin having an acid group can be preferably used as the alkali-soluble resin. The composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer contains an alkali-soluble resin, and a desired pattern can be formed by alkali development.

作為具有酸基之樹脂,能夠參閱日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0558~0571(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的段落號0685~0700)的記載、日本特開2012-198408號公報的段落號0076~0099的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。For the resin having an acid group, the descriptions of paragraphs 0558 to 0571 of the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208494 (paragraphs 0685 to 0700 of the specification of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099) The contents of paragraphs 0063 to 00009 of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-198408 are incorporated herein by reference.

具有酸基之樹脂的酸值係30~200mgKOH/g為較佳。下限係50mgKOH/g以上為較佳,70mgKOH/g以上為更佳。上限係150mgKOH/g以下為較佳,120mgKOH/g以下為更佳。The acid value of the acid group-containing resin is preferably from 30 to 200 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.

紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物能夠含有分散劑作為樹脂。尤其,當使用顏料作為紅外線吸收色素時,含有作為分散劑的樹脂為較佳。分散劑可舉出酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)、鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)。分散劑至少含有酸性分散劑為較佳,僅為酸性分散劑為更佳。藉由分散劑至少含有酸性分散劑,從而顏料的分散性得到提高,並且可以得到優異之顯影性。因此,能夠藉由光微影法而適當地形成圖案。另外,分散劑僅為酸性分散劑係指,例如分散劑的總質量中的酸性分散劑的含量係99質量%以上為較佳,還能夠設為99.9質量%以上。The composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer can contain a dispersant as a resin. In particular, when a pigment is used as the infrared absorbing dye, a resin as a dispersing agent is preferably used. Examples of the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and an alkaline dispersant (basic resin). The dispersant preferably contains at least an acidic dispersant, and more preferably an acidic dispersant. Since the dispersant contains at least an acidic dispersant, the dispersibility of the pigment is improved, and excellent developability can be obtained. Therefore, the pattern can be appropriately formed by the photolithography method. In addition, the dispersing agent is only an acidic dispersing agent. For example, the content of the acidic dispersing agent in the total mass of the dispersing agent is preferably 99% by mass or more, and may be 99.9% by mass or more.

此處,酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)係表示酸基的量比鹼性基的量多之樹脂。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂),係當將酸基的量與鹼性基的量的合計量設為100莫耳%時,酸基的量佔70莫耳%以上之樹脂為較佳,實質上僅包括酸基之樹脂為更佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)所具有之酸基係羧基為較佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)的酸值係40~105mgKOH/g為較佳,50~105mgKOH/g為更佳,60~105mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 又,鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)係表示鹼性基的量比酸基的量多之樹脂。鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂),係當將酸基的量與鹼性基的量的合計量設為100莫耳%時,鹼性基的量超過50莫耳%之樹脂為較佳。鹼性分散劑所具有之鹼性基係胺基為較佳。Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) means a resin having a larger amount of acid groups than the amount of the basic group. When the total amount of the acid group and the amount of the basic group is 100 mol%, the acid dispersant (acid resin) is preferably a resin having an acid group content of 70 mol% or more. A resin including only an acid group is more preferable. The acid group-based carboxyl group which the acidic dispersing agent (acid resin) has is preferable. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acid resin) is preferably 40 to 105 mgKOH/g, more preferably 50 to 105 mgKOH/g, and still more preferably 60 to 105 mgKOH/g. Further, the alkaline dispersant (basic resin) is a resin having a larger amount of a basic group than the acid group. The alkaline dispersing agent (basic resin) is preferably a resin having an amount of the basic group of more than 50 mol% when the total amount of the acid group and the amount of the basic group is 100 mol%. The basic base amine group which the alkaline dispersant has is preferable.

作為分散劑而使用之樹脂係接枝共聚物亦較佳。接枝共聚物藉由接枝鏈而具有與溶劑的親和性,因此顏料的分散性及經過時間後的分散穩定性優異。接枝共聚物的詳細內容能夠參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的段落號0025~0094的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。A resin-based graft copolymer used as a dispersant is also preferred. Since the graft copolymer has affinity with a solvent by a graft chain, it is excellent in the dispersibility of a pigment, and the dispersion stability after the elapsed time. The details of the graft copolymer can be referred to in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP-A-2012-255128, which is incorporated herein by reference.

又,本發明中,樹脂(分散劑)在主鏈及側鏈的至少一方使用含有氮原子之寡聚亞胺系分散劑亦為佳。作為寡聚亞胺系分散劑,係具有結構單元和側鏈,且於主鏈及側鏈中的至少一方具有鹼性氮原子之樹脂為較佳,該結構單元含有具有pKa14以下的官能基之部分結構X,該側鏈含有原子數為40~10,000的側鏈Y。鹼性氮原子只要為呈鹼性之氮原子,則無特別限制。關於寡聚亞胺系分散劑,能夠參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的0102~0166段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為寡聚亞胺系分散劑的具體例,例如可舉出以下例。以下樹脂還為具有酸基之樹脂(鹼可溶性樹脂)。又,作為寡聚亞胺系分散劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2012-255128號公報的段落號0168~0174中記載的樹脂。 [化學式23] Further, in the present invention, the resin (dispersant) is preferably an oligoimide-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. The oligoimine-based dispersant is preferably a resin having a structural unit and a side chain, and having at least one of a main chain and a side chain having a basic nitrogen atom, and the structural unit contains a functional group having a pKa of 14 or less. Part of the structure X, the side chain containing a side chain Y having an atomic number of 40 to 10,000. The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a basic nitrogen atom. For the oligo-imine-based dispersant, the descriptions of paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP-A-2012-255128 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification. Specific examples of the oligomeric imide-based dispersant include the following examples. The following resin is also a resin having an acid group (alkali-soluble resin). Further, as the oligomeric imide-based dispersant, the resin described in paragraphs 0168 to 0174 of JP-A-2012-255128 can also be used. [Chemical Formula 23]

分散劑亦能夠作為市售品而獲得,作為該種具體例,可舉出Disperbyk-111(BYKChemie公司製造)等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-130338號公報的段落號0041~0130中所記載之顏料分散劑,該內容被編入本說明書中。The dispersant can also be obtained as a commercial product, and as such a specific example, Disperbyk-111 (manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd.) or the like can be mentioned. Further, the pigment dispersant described in paragraphs 0041 to 0130 of JP-A-2014-130338 can also be used, and the content is incorporated in the present specification.

樹脂的含量相對於紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物的總固體成分,係5~90質量%為較佳。下限係10質量%以上為較佳,15質量%以上為更佳,20質量%以上為進一步較佳,25質量%以上為特佳。上限係80質量%以下為較佳,70質量%以下為更佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。The content of the resin is preferably from 5 to 90% by mass based on the total solid content of the infrared absorbing pigment layer-forming composition. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, still more preferably 20% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 25% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and still more preferably 50% by mass or less.

紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物能夠含有交聯劑。能夠含有具有交聯性基之化合物(交聯劑)。作為交聯劑,可舉出以上述樹脂組成物進行說明之樹脂。 交聯劑的含量相對於紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物的總固體成分,係5~90質量%為較佳。下限係10質量%以上為較佳,15質量%以上為更佳,20質量%以上為進一步較佳,25質量%以上為特佳。上限係80質量%以下為較佳,70質量%以下為更佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。The composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer can contain a crosslinking agent. A compound (crosslinking agent) having a crosslinkable group can be contained. The crosslinking agent is exemplified by the resin composition described above. The content of the crosslinking agent is preferably from 5 to 90% by mass based on the total solid content of the infrared absorbing pigment layer-forming composition. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, still more preferably 20% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 25% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, and still more preferably 50% by mass or less.

<<顏料衍生物>> 紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物能夠還含有顏料衍生物。作為顏料衍生物,可舉出具有使顏料的一部分被酸基、鹼性基、具有鹽結構之基團或鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基取代之結構之化合物。作為顏料衍生物,以式(B1)所表示之化合物為較佳。<<Pigment Derivative>> The composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer can further contain a pigment derivative. The pigment derivative may be a compound having a structure in which a part of the pigment is substituted with an acid group, a basic group, a salt-containing group or a phthalimidomethyl group. As the pigment derivative, a compound represented by the formula (B1) is preferred.

[化學式24]式(B1)中,P表示色素結構,L表示單鍵或連接基,X表示酸基、鹼性基、具有鹽結構之基團或鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基,m表示1以上的整數,n表示1以上的整數,當m為2以上時,複數個L及X亦可以相互不同,當n為2以上時,複數個X亦可以相互不同。[Chemical Formula 24] In the formula (B1), P represents a dye structure, L represents a single bond or a linking group, and X represents an acid group, a basic group, a group having a salt structure or a phthalimidomethyl group, and m represents 1 or more. An integer, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and when m is 2 or more, a plurality of L and X may be different from each other, and when n is 2 or more, a plurality of Xs may be different from each other.

式(B1)中,P表示色素結構,且選自吡咯并吡咯色素結構、二酮吡咯并吡咯色素結構、喹吖酮色素結構、蒽醌色素結構、二蒽醌色素結構、苯并異吲哚色素結構、噻𠯤靛藍色素結構、偶氮色素結構、喹啉黃色素結構、酞青色素結構、萘酞青色素結構、二㗁𠯤色素結構、苝色素結構、紫環酮色素結構、苯并咪唑酮色素結構、苯并噻唑色素結構、苯并咪唑色素結構及苯并㗁唑色素結構中之至少1種為較佳,選自吡咯并吡咯色素結構、二酮吡咯并吡咯色素結構、喹吖酮色素結構及苯并咪唑酮色素結構中之至少1種為進一步較佳,吡咯并吡咯色素結構為特佳。In the formula (B1), P represents a dye structure, and is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, quinacridone dye structure, anthraquinone pigment structure, diterpene pigment structure, benzopyrene Pigment structure, thiazolidine structure, azo pigment structure, quinoline yellow pigment structure, indigo pigment structure, naphthoquinone pigment structure, diterpene pigment structure, anthraquinone pigment structure, purple ring ketone pigment structure, benzimidazole At least one of a ketone dye structure, a benzothiazole dye structure, a benzimidazole dye structure, and a benzoxazole dye structure is preferred, and is selected from the group consisting of a pyrrolopyrrole dye structure, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye structure, and a quinacridone. At least one of the dye structure and the benzimidazolone dye structure is further preferred, and the pyrrolopyrrole dye structure is particularly preferable.

式(B1)中,L表示單鍵或連接基。作為連接基,包括1~100個碳原子、0~10個氮原子、0~50個氧原子、1~200個氫原子及0~20個硫原子而成之基團為較佳,並且可以未經取代,亦可以進一步具有取代基。In the formula (B1), L represents a single bond or a linking group. As the linking group, a group comprising 1 to 100 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 20 sulfur atoms is preferred, and Unsubstituted, it may further have a substituent.

式(B1)中,X表示酸基、鹼性基、具有鹽結構之基團或鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基,酸基或鹼性基為較佳。作為酸基,可舉出羧基及磺基等。作為鹼性基,可舉出胺基。In the formula (B1), X represents an acid group, a basic group, a group having a salt structure or a phthalimidomethyl group, and an acid group or a basic group is preferred. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group and a sulfo group. The basic group may, for example, be an amine group.

作為顏料衍生物,例如亦能夠使用日本特開昭56-118462號公報、日本特開昭63-264674號公報、日本特開平1-217077號公報、日本特開平3-9961號公報、日本特開平3-26767號公報、日本特開平3-153780號公報、日本特開平3-45662號公報、日本特開平4-285669號公報、日本特開平6-145546號公報、日本特開平6-212088號公報、日本特開平6-240158號公報、日本特開平10-30063號公報、日本特開平10-195326號公報、國際公開WO2011/024896號公報的段落號0086~0098、國際公開WO2012/102399號公報的段落號0063~0094等中記載的化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。For example, JP-A-56-118462, JP-A-63-264674, JP-A-1-217077, JP-A-3-9961, and JP-A JP-A Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0094 and the like are incorporated in the present specification.

當紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物含有顏料衍生物時,顏料衍生物的含量相對於紅外線吸收色素100質量份,係1~50質量份為較佳。下限值係3質量份以上為較佳,5質量份以上為更佳。上限值係40質量份以下為較佳,30質量份以下為更佳。只要顏料衍生物的含量在上述範圍內,則提高紅外線吸收色素的分散性而能夠有效地抑制紅外線吸收色素的凝聚。顏料衍生物可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。當使用2種以上時,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。When the infrared absorbing pigment layer-forming composition contains a pigment derivative, the content of the pigment derivative is preferably from 1 to 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the infrared absorbing dye. The lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. When the content of the pigment derivative is within the above range, the dispersibility of the infrared absorbing dye can be improved, and aggregation of the infrared absorbing dye can be effectively suppressed. The pigment derivative may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.

紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物能夠進一步含有聚合起始劑、溶劑、界面活性劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑等。關於該等之詳細內容,可舉出以上述樹脂組成物進行說明者。又,作為聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用V-601(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製造)等。紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物能夠進一步含有聚合抑制劑。作為聚合抑制劑,可舉出氫醌、對甲氧基苯酚、二-三級丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚、三級丁基兒茶酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鹽(銨鹽、三價鈰鹽(cerous salts)等)。其中,對甲氧基苯酚為較佳。聚合抑制劑的含量相對於紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物的總固體成分,係0.001~5質量%為較佳。The composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer can further contain a polymerization initiator, a solvent, a surfactant, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, and the like. The details of these are mentioned by the resin composition mentioned above. Further, as the polymerization initiator, V-601 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) or the like can also be used. The composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer can further contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tertiary butyl-p-cresol, gallic phenol, tert-butyl catechol, benzoquinone, and 4,4'-thiobis. (3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tertiarybutylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine salt ( Ammonium salts, trivalent cerous salts, etc.). Among them, p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.001 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the infrared absorbing pigment layer-forming composition.

紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物能夠將各成分進行混合而製備。當製備紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物時,可以將構成紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物之各成分進行統一調合,亦可以在將各成分溶解和/或分散於溶劑中後逐次進行調合。又,進行調合時的投入順序和操作條件並不受特別限制。作為紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物的收容容器,並無特別限定,能夠使用以上述樹脂組成物進行說明者。The infrared absorbing pigment layer forming composition can be prepared by mixing the components. When the composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer is prepared, the components constituting the composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer may be uniformly blended, or may be blended one by one after being dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent. Further, the order of input and the operating conditions at the time of blending are not particularly limited. The storage container which is a composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer is not particularly limited, and those described above using the resin composition can be used.

紅外線吸收色素層能夠如下形成,亦即,將上述紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物適用於含有銅之玻璃或含有銅化合物之樹脂層等而形成組成物層,並且對組成物層進行乾燥而形成。The infrared ray absorbing pigment layer can be formed by applying the composition for forming an infrared ray absorbing pigment layer to a copper-containing glass or a resin layer containing a copper compound to form a composition layer, and drying the composition layer. .

作為紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物的適用方法,可舉出作為上述樹脂組成物的適用方法而進行說明之方法。組成物層的乾燥條件能夠依據紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物中所含之各成分的種類和含量等而進行適當調整。例如,作為乾燥溫度,40~160℃為較佳。下限係60℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳。上限係140℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳。作為乾燥時間,1~600分鐘為較佳。下限係10分鐘以上為較佳,30分鐘以上為更佳。上限係300分鐘以下為較佳,180分鐘以下為更佳。As a method of applying the composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer, a method described as a method of applying the resin composition can be mentioned. The drying conditions of the composition layer can be appropriately adjusted depending on the type and content of each component contained in the infrared absorbing pigment layer-forming composition. For example, as the drying temperature, 40 to 160 ° C is preferred. The lower limit is preferably 60 ° C or higher, and more preferably 80 ° C or higher. The upper limit is preferably 140 ° C or less, more preferably 120 ° C or less. As the drying time, 1 to 600 minutes is preferred. The lower limit is preferably 10 minutes or more, more preferably 30 minutes or more. The upper limit is preferably 300 minutes or less, and more preferably 180 minutes or less.

紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物的形成方法亦可以包括其他步驟。作為其他步驟,並無特別限制,能夠根據目的而適當選擇。例如可舉出硬化處理步驟等。The method of forming the composition for forming an infrared absorbing pigment layer may also include other steps. The other steps are not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, a hardening treatment step or the like can be given.

作為組成物層的硬化處理方法,並無特別限制,能夠根據目的而適當選擇。例如可舉出曝光處理、加熱處理等。曝光處理藉由對組成物層照射放射線而進行為較佳。作為放射線,電子束、KrF、ArF、g射線、h射線、i射線等紫外線為較佳。作為曝光方式,可舉出步進式曝光、使用高壓水銀燈之曝光等。曝光量係5~3000mJ/cm2 為較佳。上限係2000mJ/cm2 以下為較佳,1000mJ/cm2 以下為更佳。下限係10mJ/cm2 以上為較佳,50mJ/cm2 以上為更佳。作為曝光裝置,並無特別限制,能夠根據目的而適當選擇,例如可舉出超高壓水銀燈等紫外線曝光機。The hardening treatment method of the composition layer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, an exposure process, a heat process, etc. are mentioned. The exposure treatment is preferably carried out by irradiating the composition layer with radiation. As the radiation, ultraviolet rays such as an electron beam, KrF, ArF, g-ray, h-ray, or i-ray are preferable. Examples of the exposure method include step exposure, exposure using a high pressure mercury lamp, and the like. The exposure amount is preferably from 5 to 3,000 mJ/cm 2 . The upper limit is preferably 2000 mJ/cm 2 or less, more preferably 1000 mJ/cm 2 or less. The lower limit is preferably 10 mJ/cm 2 or more, and more preferably 50 mJ/cm 2 or more. The exposure apparatus is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and examples thereof include an ultraviolet exposure machine such as an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp.

作為加熱處理中的加熱溫度,120~250℃為較佳。作為加熱時間,3分鐘~180分鐘為較佳,5分鐘~120分鐘為更佳。作為加熱裝置,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的裝置中根據目的而適當選擇,例如可舉出熱風乾燥器、乾燥烘箱、加熱板、紅外線加熱器、波長控制乾燥機等。The heating temperature in the heat treatment is preferably 120 to 250 °C. The heating time is preferably from 3 minutes to 180 minutes, more preferably from 5 minutes to 120 minutes. The heating device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known devices depending on the purpose, and examples thereof include a hot air dryer, a drying oven, a hot plate, an infrared heater, and a wavelength control dryer.

<<電介質多層膜、紫外線吸收層>> 本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器包含選自電介質多層膜及紫外線吸收層中之至少1種為較佳。藉由近紅外線截止濾波器還包含電介質多層膜,容易得到視角寬且近紅外線遮蔽性優異之近紅外線截止濾波器。又,藉由近紅外線截止濾波器還包含紫外線吸收層,能夠提高近紅外線截止濾波器的紫外線遮蔽性,將該種近紅外線截止濾波器組合於固體攝像元件等時,能夠得到抑制了紫邊之圖像等。<<Dielectric Multilayer Film, Ultraviolet Absorbing Layer>> The near-infrared cut filter of the present invention preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a dielectric multilayer film and an ultraviolet absorbing layer. Further, the near-infrared cut filter further includes a dielectric multilayer film, and it is easy to obtain a near-infrared cut filter having a wide viewing angle and excellent near-infrared shielding properties. In addition, the near-infrared cut filter further includes an ultraviolet absorbing layer, and the ultraviolet shielding property of the near-infrared cut filter can be improved. When the near-infrared cut filter is combined with a solid-state imaging device or the like, the purple fringe can be suppressed. Images, etc.

另外,本發明中,電介質多層膜為利用光的干擾效果而遮蔽紅外線等之膜。具體而言,係將折射率不同之電介質層(高折射率材料層和低折射率材料層)交替積層兩層以上而成之膜。Further, in the present invention, the dielectric multilayer film is a film that shields infrared rays or the like by the interference effect of light. Specifically, a dielectric layer (a high refractive index material layer and a low refractive index material layer) having different refractive indices is alternately laminated to form a film of two or more layers.

作為電介質多層膜的材料,例如能夠使用陶瓷。為了形成利用了光的干擾效果之紅外線截止濾波器,使用2種以上折射率不同之陶瓷為較佳。作為電介質多層膜,具體而言,能夠適當地使用將高折射率材料層和低折射率材料層交替地進行積層之構成。As a material of the dielectric multilayer film, for example, ceramic can be used. In order to form an infrared cut filter that utilizes the interference effect of light, it is preferable to use two or more kinds of ceramics having different refractive indices. Specifically, as the dielectric multilayer film, a configuration in which a high refractive index material layer and a low refractive index material layer are alternately laminated can be suitably used.

作為構成高折射率材料層之材料,能夠使用折射率為1.7以上的材料,折射率的範圍通常選擇1.7~2.5的材料。作為該材料,例如可舉出以氧化鈦、氧化鋯、五氧化二鉭、五氧化鈮、氧化鑭、氧化釔、氧化鋅、硫化鋅或氧化銦為主成分,且少量含有氧化鈦、氧化錫和/或氧化鈰等者。As the material constituting the high refractive index material layer, a material having a refractive index of 1.7 or more can be used, and a range of the refractive index is usually selected from a material of 1.7 to 2.5. Examples of the material include titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, antimony pentoxide, antimony pentoxide, antimony oxide, antimony oxide, zinc oxide, zinc sulfide, or indium oxide, and a small amount of titanium oxide and tin oxide. And / or yttrium oxide and the like.

作為構成低折射率材料層之材料,能夠使用折射率為1.6以下的材料,折射率的範圍通常選擇1.2~1.6的材料。作為該材料,例如可舉出二氧化矽、氧化鋁、氟化鑭、氟化鎂及六氟化鋁鈉。As the material constituting the low refractive index material layer, a material having a refractive index of 1.6 or less can be used, and a range of the refractive index is usually selected from 1.2 to 1.6. Examples of the material include cerium oxide, aluminum oxide, cerium fluoride, magnesium fluoride, and sodium aluminum hexafluoride.

作為形成電介質多層膜之方法,並無特別限制,例如可舉出利用CVD(化學氣相沉積(chemical vapor deposition))法、濺射法、真空沉積法等,形成將高折射率材料層和低折射率材料層交替地積層而成之電介質多層膜,並將該電介質多層膜與含有銅之透明層和/或紅外線吸收層藉由黏接劑進行貼合之方法;及在含有銅之透明層和/或紅外線吸收層的表面,利用CVD法、濺射法、真空沉積法等而交替地積層高折射率材料層和低折射率材料層,從而形成電介質多層膜之方法。The method for forming the dielectric multilayer film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include forming a high refractive index material layer by a CVD (chemical vapor deposition) method, a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method, or the like. a dielectric multilayer film in which a plurality of refractive index material layers are alternately laminated, and a method in which the dielectric multilayer film is bonded to a transparent layer containing copper and/or an infrared absorbing layer by an adhesive; and a transparent layer containing copper And a method of forming a dielectric multilayer film by alternately laminating a high refractive index material layer and a low refractive index material layer by a CVD method, a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method or the like on the surface of the infrared absorbing layer.

高折射率材料層及低折射率材料層各層的厚度相對於欲遮斷之紅外線波長λ(nm),係0.1λ~0.5λ的厚度為較佳。藉由將厚度設為上述範圍,容易控制特定波長的光的遮蔽及透射。又,電介質多層膜中的積層數係2~100層為較佳,2~60層為更佳,2~40層為進一步較佳。The thickness of each of the high refractive index material layer and the low refractive index material layer is preferably 0.1 to 0.5 λ with respect to the infrared wavelength λ (nm) to be interrupted. By setting the thickness to the above range, it is easy to control the shielding and transmission of light of a specific wavelength. Further, the number of layers in the dielectric multilayer film is preferably 2 to 100 layers, more preferably 2 to 60 layers, and still more preferably 2 to 40 layers.

紫外線吸收層係含有紫外線吸收劑之層為較佳。作為紫外線吸收劑,可舉出以上述樹脂組成物進行說明之紫外線吸收劑等。又,關於紫外線吸收層,能夠參閱國際公開WO2015/099060號公報的段落號0040~0070、0119~0145的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。The ultraviolet absorbing layer is preferably a layer containing a UV absorber. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include an ultraviolet absorber described above using the resin composition. Further, the ultraviolet absorbing layer can be referred to in paragraphs 0040 to 0070 and 0119 to 0145 of International Publication WO2015/099060, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

本發明中,電介質多層膜及紫外線吸收層可以配置在含有銅之玻璃的其中一個面側,亦可以配置在兩個面上。又,電介質多層膜配置在近紅外線截止濾波器的最外層為較佳。藉由電介質多層膜配置在近紅外線截止濾波器的最外層,製造步驟得到簡化。又,紫外線吸收層可以配置在近紅外線截止濾波器的最外層,亦可以配置在含有銅之玻璃與含有銅化合物之樹脂層之間、含有銅之玻璃與紅外線吸收色素層之間、含有銅化合物之樹脂層與紅外線吸收色素層之間中的任一處。In the present invention, the dielectric multilayer film and the ultraviolet absorbing layer may be disposed on one surface side of the glass containing copper or may be disposed on both surfaces. Further, it is preferable that the dielectric multilayer film is disposed on the outermost layer of the near-infrared cut filter. By disposing the dielectric multilayer film on the outermost layer of the near-infrared cut filter, the manufacturing steps are simplified. Further, the ultraviolet absorbing layer may be disposed on the outermost layer of the near-infrared cut filter, or may be disposed between the glass containing copper and the resin layer containing the copper compound, between the glass containing copper and the infrared absorbing pigment layer, and containing a copper compound. Either between the resin layer and the infrared absorbing pigment layer.

<近紅外線截止濾波器的層構成> 本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器只要為以任意的配置具有含有銅之玻璃、含有銅化合物之樹脂層及紅外線吸收色素層之結構即可。其中,含有銅之玻璃與含有銅化合物之樹脂層的其中一個面接觸,並且含有紅外線吸收色素之層與含有銅化合物之樹脂層的其中另一個面接觸為較佳。亦即,在含有銅之玻璃與紅外線吸收色素層之間配置有含有銅化合物之樹脂層,並且含有銅化合物之樹脂層與含有銅之玻璃及紅外線吸收色素層接觸而進行積層為較佳。依據該態樣,能夠設為各層的密接性優異之近紅外線截止濾波器。<Layer configuration of the near-infrared cut filter> The near-infrared cut filter of the present invention may have a structure in which a glass containing copper, a resin layer containing a copper compound, and an infrared absorbing pigment layer are provided in an arbitrary arrangement. Among them, the glass containing copper is in contact with one surface of the resin layer containing the copper compound, and the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye is preferably in contact with the other surface of the resin layer containing the copper compound. In other words, a resin layer containing a copper compound is disposed between the glass containing copper and the infrared absorbing pigment layer, and the resin layer containing the copper compound is preferably laminated in contact with the glass containing copper and the infrared absorbing pigment layer. According to this aspect, it is possible to provide a near-infrared cut filter excellent in adhesion between the layers.

以下示出本發明的紅外線截止濾波器的層構成的一例。 (1)含有銅之玻璃/含有銅化合物之樹脂層/紅外線吸收色素層 (2)含有銅之玻璃/紅外線吸收色素層/含有銅化合物之樹脂層 (3)含有銅化合物之樹脂層/含有銅之玻璃/紅外線吸收色素層An example of the layer configuration of the infrared cut filter of the present invention is shown below. (1) Copper-containing glass/copper-containing resin layer/infrared absorbing pigment layer (2) Copper-containing glass/infrared absorbing pigment layer/copper-containing resin layer (3) Copper-containing resin layer/copper-containing Glass/infrared absorbing pigment layer

(1)的態樣中還具有電介質多層膜時,在含有銅之玻璃和/或紅外線吸收色素層的表面配置有電介質多層膜為較佳。(2)的態樣中還具有電介質多層膜時,在含有銅之玻璃和/或含有銅化合物之樹脂層的表面配置有電介質多層膜為較佳。(3)的態樣中還具有電介質多層膜時,在含有銅化合物之樹脂層和/或紅外線吸收色素層的表面配置有電介質多層膜為較佳。When the dielectric multilayer film is further included in the aspect of (1), it is preferable to arrange a dielectric multilayer film on the surface of the glass containing copper and/or the infrared absorbing pigment layer. When the dielectric multilayer film is further included in the aspect of (2), it is preferable to arrange a dielectric multilayer film on the surface of the glass containing copper and/or the resin layer containing a copper compound. When the dielectric multilayer film is further included in the aspect of (3), it is preferable to arrange a dielectric multilayer film on the surface of the resin layer containing the copper compound and/or the infrared absorbing pigment layer.

(1)的態樣中還具有紫外線吸收層時,可以在含有銅之玻璃和/或紅外線吸收色素層的表面配置有紫外線吸收層,亦可以在各層之間配置有紫外線吸收層。 (2)的態樣中還具有紫外線吸收層時,可以在含有銅之玻璃和/或含有銅化合物之樹脂層的表面配置有紫外線吸收層,亦可以在各層之間配置有紫外線吸收層。 (3)的態樣中還具有紫外線吸收層時,可以在含有銅化合物之樹脂層和/或紅外線吸收色素層的表面配置有紫外線吸收層,亦可以在各層之間配置有紫外線吸收層。When the ultraviolet absorbing layer is further included in the aspect of (1), an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be disposed on the surface of the glass containing copper and/or the infrared absorbing pigment layer, or an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be disposed between the layers. When the ultraviolet absorbing layer is further included in the aspect of (2), the ultraviolet absorbing layer may be disposed on the surface of the copper-containing glass and/or the resin layer containing the copper compound, or the ultraviolet absorbing layer may be disposed between the layers. When the ultraviolet absorbing layer is further provided in the aspect of (3), the ultraviolet absorbing layer may be disposed on the surface of the resin layer containing the copper compound and/or the infrared absorbing pigment layer, or the ultraviolet absorbing layer may be disposed between the layers.

又,(1)~(3)的態樣中還具有電介質多層膜和紫外線吸收層時,配置成電介質多層膜成為最外層為較佳。此時,電介質多層膜相對於含有銅之玻璃,可以僅配置在其中一個面側,亦可以還配置在其中另一個面側。Further, when the dielectric multilayer film and the ultraviolet absorbing layer are further included in the aspect of (1) to (3), it is preferable that the dielectric multilayer film be the outermost layer. At this time, the dielectric multilayer film may be disposed on only one of the surface sides with respect to the glass containing copper, or may be disposed on the other surface side.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器能夠使用於CCD(電荷耦合元件)或CMOS(互補金屬氧化物半導體)等固體攝像元件、或紅外線感測器、圖像顯示裝置等各種裝置中。The near-infrared cut filter of the present invention can be used in various devices such as a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor), or an infrared sensor or an image display device.

<固體攝像元件、照相機模組> 本發明的固體攝像元件包含本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器。又,本發明的照相機模組包含本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器。<Solid-State Imaging Device and Camera Module> The solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention. Further, the camera module of the present invention includes the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention.

圖1係表示本發明的實施形態之具有近紅外線截止濾波器之照相機模組的結構之概略剖面圖。圖1所示之照相機模組10具備:固體攝像元件11;平坦化層12,設置在固體攝像元件的主面側(受光側);近紅外線截止濾波器13;及透鏡保持架15,配置在近紅外線截止濾波器的上方且在內部空間具有成像透鏡14。照相機模組10中,來自外部的入射光依序透射成像透鏡14、近紅外線截止濾波器13、平坦化層12之後,到達固體攝像元件11的攝像元件部。作為近紅外線截止濾波器13,可以僅使用上述物性的樹脂膜,亦可使用樹脂膜與支撐體的積層體。作為支撐體的材質,除了一般的玻璃以外,還可舉出藍寶石玻璃、Gorilla玻璃等強化玻璃、透明陶瓷、塑膠等。作為成像透鏡14的材質,除了一般的玻璃以外,還可舉出藍寶石玻璃、Gorilla玻璃等強化玻璃、透明陶瓷、塑膠等。Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a camera module having a near-infrared cut filter according to an embodiment of the present invention. The camera module 10 shown in FIG. 1 includes a solid-state imaging device 11 and a planarization layer 12 provided on a main surface side (light receiving side) of the solid-state imaging device; a near-infrared cut filter 13; and a lens holder 15 disposed in the lens holder 15 The imaging lens 14 is provided above the near-infrared cut filter and in the internal space. In the camera module 10, incident light from the outside is sequentially transmitted through the imaging lens 14, the near-infrared cut filter 13, and the planarization layer 12, and then reaches the imaging element portion of the solid-state imaging device 11. As the near-infrared cut filter 13, only the above-described physical resin film can be used, and a laminate of a resin film and a support can be used. Examples of the material of the support include tempered glass such as sapphire glass and Gorilla glass, transparent ceramics, and plastics. As the material of the imaging lens 14, in addition to general glass, tempered glass such as sapphire glass or Gorilla glass, transparent ceramics, plastic, or the like can be given.

固體攝像元件11例如在基板16的主面上依序具備光電二極體、層間絕緣膜(未圖示)、基底層(未圖示)、濾色器17、外塗層(未圖示)及微透鏡18。濾色器17(紅色濾色器、綠色濾色器、藍色濾色器)和微透鏡18分別配置成與固體攝像元件11對應。另外,亦可以為在微透鏡18的表面、基底層與濾色器17之間或濾色器17與外塗層之間設置近紅外線截止濾波器13之形態,以代替在平坦化層12的表面設置近紅外線截止濾波器13。例如,近紅外線截止濾波器13亦可以設置在距離微透鏡表面2mm以內(更佳為1mm以內)的位置上。若在該位置設置近紅外線截止濾波器13,則能夠簡化形成近紅外線截止濾波器之步驟。而且,能夠充分地截止入射於微透鏡的不必要的近紅外線,從而能夠更加提高紅外線遮蔽性。又,圖1中,成像透鏡14為1片,但成像透鏡14亦可以為2片以上。The solid-state imaging device 11 is provided with, for example, a photodiode, an interlayer insulating film (not shown), a base layer (not shown), a color filter 17, and an overcoat layer (not shown) on the main surface of the substrate 16. And microlens 18. The color filter 17 (red color filter, green color filter, blue color filter) and the microlens 18 are disposed to correspond to the solid-state imaging element 11, respectively. In addition, a form of the near-infrared cut filter 13 may be provided between the surface of the microlens 18, the base layer and the color filter 17, or between the color filter 17 and the overcoat layer, instead of the planarization layer 12. The near-infrared cut filter 13 is provided on the surface. For example, the near-infrared cut filter 13 may be disposed at a position within 2 mm (more preferably within 1 mm) from the surface of the microlens. When the near-infrared cut filter 13 is provided at this position, the step of forming the near-infrared cut filter can be simplified. Further, it is possible to sufficiently cut off unnecessary near-infrared rays incident on the microlens, and it is possible to further improve infrared shielding properties. Further, in Fig. 1, the number of the imaging lenses 14 is one, but the number of the imaging lenses 14 may be two or more.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器的耐熱性優異,因此能夠用於焊料迴流步驟。藉由焊料迴流步驟而製造照相機模組,從而能夠實現需要進行焊接之電子元件安裝基板等的自動安裝化,與不使用焊料迴流步驟時相比,能夠格外提高生產率。而且,由於能夠自動進行,因此亦能夠實現低成本化。當用於焊料迴流步驟時,曝露於250~270℃左右的溫度下,因此,近紅外線截止濾波器具有可承受焊料迴流步驟之耐熱性(以下,還稱為「耐焊料迴流性」。)為佳。本說明書中,「具有耐焊料迴流性」係指,於180℃下加熱1分鐘後,亦保持作為近紅外線截止濾波器的特性。更佳為於230℃下加熱10分鐘後亦保持特性。進一步較佳為於250℃下加熱3分鐘後亦保持特性。當不具有耐焊料迴流性時,於上述條件下進行加熱的情況下,近紅外線截止濾波器的紅外線遮蔽性有時會降低或者作為膜的功能有時會變得不充分。 本發明的照相機模組亦能夠進一步具有紫外線吸收層。依據該態樣,能夠提高紫外線遮蔽性。紫外線吸收層例如能夠參閱國際公開WO2015/099060號公報的段落號0040~0070、0119~0145的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。Since the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention is excellent in heat resistance, it can be used in a solder reflow step. By manufacturing the camera module by the solder reflow step, it is possible to automatically mount the electronic component mounting substrate or the like that needs to be soldered, and it is possible to particularly improve the productivity as compared with the case where the solder reflow step is not used. Moreover, since it can be automatically performed, it is also possible to achieve cost reduction. When used in the solder reflow step, it is exposed to a temperature of about 250 to 270 ° C. Therefore, the near-infrared cut filter has heat resistance that can withstand the solder reflow step (hereinafter also referred to as "resistance to solder reflow"). good. In the present specification, "having solder reflow resistance" means maintaining the characteristics as a near-infrared cut filter after heating at 180 ° C for 1 minute. More preferably, the properties are maintained after heating at 230 ° C for 10 minutes. It is further preferred to maintain the properties after heating at 250 ° C for 3 minutes. When heating is not performed under the above conditions when the solder reflow resistance is not obtained, the infrared shielding property of the near-infrared cut filter may be lowered or the function as a film may be insufficient. The camera module of the present invention can further have an ultraviolet absorbing layer. According to this aspect, the ultraviolet shielding property can be improved. The ultraviolet absorbing layer can be referred to, for example, in paragraphs 0040 to 0070 and 0119 to 0145 of International Publication WO2015/099060, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

圖2~圖4係表示照相機模組中的近紅外線截止濾波器的周邊部分的一例之概略剖面圖。2 to 4 are schematic cross-sectional views showing an example of a peripheral portion of a near-infrared cut filter in the camera module.

如圖2所示,照相機模組亦可依序具有固體攝像元件11、平坦化層12、紫外/紅外光反射膜19、透明基材20、近紅外線截止濾波器21及防反射層22。紫外/紅外光反射膜19例如能夠參閱日本特開2013-68688號公報的段落號0033~0039、國際公開WO2015/099060號公報的段落號0110~0114,該等內容被編入本說明書中。透明基材20係使可見區域的波長的光透射者,例如能夠參閱日本特開2013-68688號公報的段落號0026~0032,該內容被編入本說明書中。防反射層22係藉由防止入射於近紅外線截止濾波器21之光的反射而提高透射率,從而具有有效地利用入射光之功能者,例如能夠參閱日本特開2013-68688號公報的段落號0040的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。As shown in FIG. 2, the camera module may have a solid-state imaging element 11, a planarization layer 12, an ultraviolet/infrared light reflection film 19, a transparent substrate 20, a near-infrared cut filter 21, and an anti-reflection layer 22 in this order. For the ultraviolet/infrared light reflecting film 19, for example, paragraphs 0033 to 0039 of JP-A-2013-68688 and paragraphs 0110 to 0114 of International Publication WO2015/099060 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification. The transparent substrate 20 is such that the light of the wavelength of the visible region is transmitted. For example, the paragraphs 0026 to 0032 of JP-A-2013-68688 can be referred to in the present specification. The antireflection layer 22 has a function of improving the transmittance by preventing reflection of light incident on the near-infrared cut filter 21, and has a function of effectively utilizing incident light. For example, the paragraph number of JP-A-2013-68688 can be referred to. The contents of 0040 are incorporated in this specification.

如圖3所示,照相機模組亦可以依序具有固體攝像元件11、近紅外線截止濾波器21、防反射層22、平坦化層12、防反射層22、透明基材20及紫外/紅外光反射膜19。As shown in FIG. 3, the camera module may also have a solid-state imaging element 11, a near-infrared cut-off filter 21, an anti-reflection layer 22, a planarization layer 12, an anti-reflection layer 22, a transparent substrate 20, and ultraviolet/infrared light. Reflective film 19.

如圖4所示,照相機模組亦可依序具有固體攝像元件11、近紅外線截止濾波器21、紫外/紅外光反射膜19、平坦化層12、防反射層22、透明基材20及防反射層22。As shown in FIG. 4, the camera module may also have a solid-state imaging element 11, a near-infrared cut-off filter 21, an ultraviolet/infrared light reflecting film 19, a planarization layer 12, an anti-reflection layer 22, a transparent substrate 20, and an anti-reflection layer. Reflective layer 22.

圖5中示出本發明的照相機模組的其他實施形態態樣。在圖1所示之照相機模組中近紅外線截止濾波器13配置在透鏡保持架15的外側這一方面,該照相機模組與圖1所示之照相機模組不同。亦即,在圖5所示之照相機模組中,近紅外線截止濾波器13配置在來自比成像透鏡14靠外部的入射光側。在該照相機模組中,來自外部的入射光依序透射近紅外線截止濾波器13、成像透鏡14、平坦化層12之後,到達固體攝像元件11的攝像元件部。當將近紅外線截止濾波器13配置在來自比成像透鏡14靠外部的入射光側時,藉由拉開近紅外線截止濾波器13與受光部之間的距離,即使在近紅外線截止濾波器上存在缺陷,亦能夠使該等缺陷模糊從而減小因該等缺陷對圖像的影響。 又,圖5中,近紅外線截止濾波器13配置在透鏡保持架15的外側,但亦可配置在透鏡保持架15內。又,圖5中,從成像透鏡14的表面隔著規定的間隔而配置有近紅外線截止濾波器13,但亦可在成像透鏡14的表面直接形成有近紅外線截止濾波器13。 又,圖5中,成像透鏡14為1片,但成像透鏡14亦可以為2片以上。又,當具有2片以上的成像透鏡14時,可以在比配置在最外側(入射光側)之成像透鏡14的更外側(入射光側),配置有近紅外線截止濾波器13,亦可以在成像透鏡之間配置有近紅外線截止濾波器13。例如當具有2片以上的成像透鏡14時,可以從入射光側依序以近紅外線截止濾波器、成像透鏡、成像透鏡的順序分別進行配置,亦可以以成像透鏡、近紅外線截止濾波器、成像透鏡的順序分別進行配置。Another embodiment of the camera module of the present invention is shown in FIG. In the camera module shown in FIG. 1, the near-infrared cut filter 13 is disposed outside the lens holder 15, and the camera module is different from the camera module shown in FIG. That is, in the camera module shown in FIG. 5, the near-infrared cut filter 13 is disposed on the incident light side from the outside of the imaging lens 14. In the camera module, incident light from the outside is sequentially transmitted through the near-infrared cut filter 13, the imaging lens 14, and the planarization layer 12, and then reaches the imaging element portion of the solid-state imaging device 11. When the near-infrared cut filter 13 is disposed on the incident light side from the outside of the imaging lens 14, by opening the distance between the near-infrared cut filter 13 and the light receiving portion, even if there is a defect in the near-infrared cut filter It is also possible to blur these defects to reduce the influence of the defects on the image. Further, in FIG. 5, the near-infrared cut filter 13 is disposed outside the lens holder 15, but may be disposed in the lens holder 15. In addition, in FIG. 5, the near-infrared cut filter 13 is disposed from the surface of the imaging lens 14 at a predetermined interval, but the near-infrared cut filter 13 may be directly formed on the surface of the imaging lens 14. Further, in FIG. 5, the number of the imaging lenses 14 is one, but the number of the imaging lenses 14 may be two or more. Further, when two or more imaging lenses 14 are provided, the near-infrared cut filter 13 may be disposed on the outer side (incident light side) of the imaging lens 14 disposed on the outermost side (incident light side), or A near-infrared cut filter 13 is disposed between the imaging lenses. For example, when there are two or more imaging lenses 14, the near-infrared cut filter, the imaging lens, and the imaging lens may be sequentially arranged from the incident light side, or may be an imaging lens, a near-infrared cut filter, or an imaging lens. The order is configured separately.

<圖像顯示裝置> 本發明的圖像顯示裝置具有本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器。本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器亦能夠使用於液晶顯示裝置或有機電致發光(有機EL)顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置中。關於顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細內容,例如記載於「電子顯示設備(佐佐木 昭夫著,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd. 1990年發行)」、「顯示設備(伊吹 順章著,Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd.平成元年發行)」等中。又,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於「下一代液晶顯示技術(內田龍男編集,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd. 1994年發行)」中。本發明能夠適用之液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如能夠適用於上述「下一代液晶顯示技術」中所記載之各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。<Image Display Device> The image display device of the present invention has the near-infrared cut filter of the present invention. The near-infrared cut filter of the present invention can also be used in an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic electroluminescence (organic EL) display device. The definition of the display device or the details of each display device is described, for example, in "Electronic display devices (Kosuke Chosuke, Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., 1990)", "Display devices (Ibuki Shun, Sangyo Tosho) Co., Ltd. issued in the first year of Heisei) and so on. Further, the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Koryo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applicable is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".

圖像顯示裝置亦可以係具有白色有機EL元件者。作為白色有機EL元件,係串聯結構為較佳。關於有機EL元件的串聯結構,記載於日本特開2003-45676號公報、三上明義監修之「有機EL技術開發的最前線-高亮度・高精度・長壽命化・技術集-」(技術資訊協會,326-328頁,2008年)等中。有機EL元件所發出之白色光的光譜係在藍色區域(430nm-485nm)、綠色區域(530nm-580nm)及黃色區域(580nm-620nm)具有較強的極大發光峰者為較佳。除了該等發光峰以外,進一步在紅色區域(650nm-700nm)具有極大發光峰者為更佳。 [實施例]The image display device may also be a white organic EL element. As the white organic EL element, a series structure is preferable. The series structure of the organic EL device is described in "The Frontline of Organic EL Technology Development - High Brightness, High Accuracy, Long Life, and Technology Set -" (Technical Information) Association, pp. 326-328, 2008). The spectrum of the white light emitted from the organic EL element is preferably a blue region (430 nm to 485 nm), a green region (530 nm to 580 nm), and a yellow region (580 nm to 620 nm) having a strong maximum luminescence peak. In addition to these luminescence peaks, it is more preferable to have a large luminescence peak in the red region (650 nm to 700 nm). [Examples]

以下,舉出實施例對本發明進一步進行具體說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等,只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍並非限定於以下所示之具體例。另外,除非另有說明,「份」、「%」為質量基準。Hereinafter, the present invention will be further specifically described by way of examples. The materials, the amounts used, the ratios, the processing contents, the processing steps, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, "parts" and "%" are quality benchmarks unless otherwise stated.

<重量平均分子量(Mw)> 藉由以下方法,用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測定了重量平均分子量(Mw)。 裝置:HLC-8220 GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製造) 檢測器:RI(折射率(Refractive Index))檢測器 管柱:連結有保護管柱 HZ-L、TSK gel Super HZM-M、TSK gel Super HZ4000、TSK gel Super HZ3000、TSK gel Super HZ2000(TOSOH CORPORATION製造)之管柱 洗提液(eluant):四氫呋喃(含有穩定劑) 管柱溫度:40℃ 注入量:10μL 分析時間:26min. 流量:流速 0.35mL/min.(樣品泵) 0.20mL/min.(基準泵) 校準曲線基礎樹脂:聚苯乙烯<Weight average molecular weight (Mw)> The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) by the following method. Device: HLC-8220 GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) Detector: RI (Refractive Index) detector column: connected with protective column HZ-L, TSK gel Super HZM-M, TSK gel Super HZ4000, TSK Gel Super HZ3000, TSK gel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) column eluant: tetrahydrofuran (with stabilizer) Column temperature: 40 ° C Injection amount: 10 μL Analysis time: 26 min. Flow rate: flow rate 0.35 mL / Min.(sample pump) 0.20mL/min. (reference pump) calibration curve base resin: polystyrene

<樹脂組成物的製備> (樹脂組成物1~7) 將下述表所示之材料用下述表所示之調合量(質量份)進行混合,從而製備了下述表中記載的固體成分濃度的樹脂組成物。另外,樹脂組成物中固體成分濃度的調整藉由調整溶劑的調合量而進行。<Preparation of Resin Composition> (Resin Compositions 1 to 7) The materials shown in the following table were mixed with the blending amount (parts by mass) shown in the following table to prepare solid components described in the following tables. The concentration of the resin composition. Further, the adjustment of the solid content concentration in the resin composition is carried out by adjusting the blending amount of the solvent.

[表1] [Table 1]

(樹脂組成物8) 於室溫下,將四乙氧基矽烷28.9質量份、苯基三乙氧基矽烷28.9質量份、10%鹽酸30.6質量份混合4小時而得到溶膠。向前述溶膠中添加於室溫下將銅錯合物A-5 26.0質量份溶解於環戊酮85.5質量份中20分鐘而得之溶液,然後用孔徑0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(NIHON PALL LTD.製造)進行過濾而製備了樹脂組成物8。(Resin Composition 8) 28.9 parts by mass of tetraethoxysilane, 28.9 parts by mass of phenyltriethoxysilane, and 30.6 parts by mass of 10% hydrochloric acid were mixed at room temperature for 4 hours to obtain a sol. To the sol, a solution obtained by dissolving 26.0 parts by mass of copper complex A-5 in 85.5 parts by mass of cyclopentanone at room temperature for 20 minutes, and then using a nylon filter having a pore size of 0.45 μm (NIHON PALL LTD) Production) The resin composition 8 was prepared by filtration.

(樹脂組成物9) 在樹脂組成物8中使用銅錯合物A-6代替了銅錯合物A-5,除此以外,以與樹脂組成物8相同的方式製備了樹脂組成物9。(Resin Composition 9) A resin composition 9 was prepared in the same manner as in the resin composition 8, except that the copper complex A-6 was used instead of the copper complex A-5 in the resin composition 8.

樹脂組成物1~9中所使用之材料為如下。在以下所示之樹脂中,附記於主鏈之數值為莫耳比。The materials used in the resin compositions 1 to 9 are as follows. In the resin shown below, the value attached to the main chain is the molar ratio.

(銅錯合物) A-1~A-4:下述結構的銅錯合物 [化學式25]A-5:具有下述化合物作為配位子之銅錯合物 [化學式26]A-6:具有下述化合物作為配位子之銅錯合物 [化學式27](樹脂) B-1:下述結構的樹脂(Mw=15,000) B-2:下述結構的樹脂(Mw=13,000) B-3:下述結構的樹脂(Mw=20,000) [化學式28] (Copper complex) A-1 to A-4: copper complex of the following structure [Chemical Formula 25] A-5: Copper complex having the following compound as a ligand [Chemical Formula 26] A-6: copper complex having the following compound as a ligand [Chemical Formula 27] (Resin) B-1: Resin of the following structure (Mw = 15,000) B-2: Resin of the following structure (Mw = 13,000) B-3: Resin of the following structure (Mw = 20,000) [Chemical Formula 28]

(交聯劑) M-1:KBM-3066(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)(crosslinking agent) M-1: KBM-3066 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)

(自由基捕獲劑) D-1:下述結構的化合物 [化學式29] (radical scavenger) D-1: a compound of the following structure [Chemical Formula 29]

(觸媒) E-1:三(2,4-戊二酮)鋁(III)(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造)(catalyst) E-1: tris(2,4-pentanedione)aluminum (III) (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

(界面活性劑) W-1:下述化合物(重量平均分子量=14,000。表示重複單元的比例之%為質量%。) [化學式30] (Interacting Agent) W-1: The following compound (weight average molecular weight = 14,000. The % of the ratio of the repeating unit is % by mass.) [Chemical Formula 30]

(溶劑) CP:環戊酮(solvent) CP: cyclopentanone

<紅外線吸收色素層形成用組成物(IR色素組成物)的製備> (IR色素組成物1、IR色素組成物2) 將下述原料進行混合而製備了IR色素組成物1、IR色素組成物2。 分散液A或分散液B ……42質量份 下述表中記載的樹脂 ……7.1質量份 下述表中記載的交聯劑 ……4.5質量份 下述表中記載的界面活性劑 ……0.04質量份 下述表中記載的溶劑 ……46.36質量份<Preparation of Infrared Absorbing Pigment Layer-Forming Composition (IR Pigment Composition)> (IR Pigment Composition 1 and IR Pigment Composition 2) The following raw materials were mixed to prepare an IR Pigment Composition 1 and an IR Pigment Composition 2. Dispersion A or dispersion B ... 42 parts by mass of the resin described in the following table: 7.1 parts by mass of the crosslinking agent described in the following table... 4.5 parts by mass of the surfactant described in the following table... 0.04 Parts by mass of the solvent described in the following table...46.36 parts by mass

(IR色素組成物3~9) 將下述原料進行混合而製備了IR色素組成物3~9。 下述表中記載的紅外線吸收色素 ……1.7質量份 下述表中記載的樹脂 ……15.9質量份 下述表中記載的聚合起始劑 ……1.5質量份 下述表中記載的交聯劑 ……2.7質量份 下述表中記載的界面活性劑 ……9.6質量份 聚合抑制劑(對甲氧基苯酚) ……0.001質量份 下述表中記載的溶劑 ……68.4質量份(IR Pigment Compositions 3 to 9) The following pigment materials were mixed to prepare IR Pigment Compositions 3 to 9. Infrared absorbing dyes described in the following table: 1.7 parts by mass of the resin described in the following table: 15.9 parts by mass of the polymerization initiator described in the following table: 1.5 parts by mass of the crosslinking agent described in the following table 2.7 parts by mass of the surfactant described in the following table: 9.6 parts by mass of a polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol) 0.001 parts by mass of a solvent described in the following table: 68.4 parts by mass

(IR色素組成物10~12) 將下述原料進行混合而製備了固體成分濃度為20質量%的IR色素組成物10~12。IR色素組成物的固體成分濃度藉由調整溶劑的調合量而進行。 樹脂B-12 ……100質量份 下述表中記載的紅外線吸收色素 ……0.03質量份 下述表中記載的溶劑 ……剩餘部分(IR Pigment Compositions 10 to 12) The following raw materials were mixed to prepare IR Pigment Compositions 10 to 12 having a solid concentration of 20% by mass. The solid content concentration of the IR dye composition is adjusted by adjusting the blending amount of the solvent. Resin B-12 ... 100 parts by mass The infrared absorbing dye described in the following table ... 0.03 parts by mass The solvent described in the following table ... The remainder

[表2] [Table 2]

IR色素組成物1~12中所使用之材料為如下。The materials used in the IR dye compositions 1 to 12 are as follows.

(分散液A) 將紅外線吸收色素(A-101)10質量份、下述結構的顏料衍生物(F-1)1質量份、分散劑(B-101)7質量份、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)150質量份、直徑0.3mm的氧化鋯珠230質量份進行混合,使用塗料搖動器(paint shaker)進行5小時分散處理,並藉由過濾將珠分離而製造出分散液A。(Dispersion A) 10 parts by mass of the infrared absorbing dye (A-101), 1 part by mass of the pigment derivative (F-1) having the following structure, 7 parts by mass of the dispersing agent (B-101), and propylene glycol monomethyl ether B 150 parts by mass of the acid ester (PGMEA) and 230 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.3 mm were mixed, and dispersion treatment was carried out for 5 hours using a paint shaker, and the beads were separated by filtration to produce a dispersion A.

(分散液B) 將紅外線吸收色素(A-102)10質量份、下述結構的顏料衍生物(F-1)1質量份、分散劑(B-101)7質量份、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)150質量份、直徑0.3mm的氧化鋯珠230質量份進行混合,使用塗料搖動器進行5小時分散處理,並藉由過濾將珠分離而製造出分散液B。(Dispersion B) 10 parts by mass of the infrared absorbing dye (A-102), 1 part by mass of the pigment derivative (F-1) having the following structure, 7 parts by mass of the dispersing agent (B-101), and propylene glycol monomethyl ether B 150 parts by mass of the acid ester (PGMEA) and 230 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.3 mm were mixed, and dispersion treatment was carried out for 5 hours using a paint shaker, and the beads were separated by filtration to produce a dispersion B.

(紅外線吸收色素) 紅外線吸收色素A-101~A-109:使用了下述結構的化合物A-101~A-109。以下結構式中,Me表示甲基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 [化學式31]紅外線吸收色素A-110:日本特開2016-146619號公報的段落號0173中記載的化合物(a-1) 紅外線吸收色素A-111:日本特開2016-146619號公報的段落號0173中記載的化合物(a-2) 紅外線吸收色素A-112:日本特開2016-146619號公報的段落號0173中記載的化合物(a-3)(Infrared absorbing dye) Infrared absorbing dyes A-101 to A-109: Compounds A-101 to A-109 having the following structures were used. In the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. [Chemical Formula 31] Infrared absorbing dye A-110: Compound (a-1) described in paragraph No. 0173 of JP-A-2016-146619. Infrared absorbing dye A-111: Paragraph No. 0173 of JP-A-2016-146619 Compound (a-2) Infrared Absorbing Pigment A-112: Compound (a-3) described in Paragraph No. 0173 of JP-A-2016-146619

(顏料衍生物) F-1:下述結構的化合物 [化學式32] (Pigment Derivative) F-1: a compound of the following structure [Chemical Formula 32]

(分散劑) B-101:下述結構的樹脂(酸值=32.3mgKOH/g,胺值=45.0mgKOH/g,重量平均分子量=22900,附記於主鏈之數值表示重複單元的莫耳數,附記於側鏈之數值表示重複單元的數量。) [化學式33](樹脂) B-11:下述結構的樹脂(Mw=40000,附記於主鏈之數值為莫耳數) [化學式34]B-12:利用日本特開2016-146619號公報的段落號0169~0171中記載的方法合成而得之樹脂A(Dispersant) B-101: Resin having the following structure (acid value = 32.3 mgKOH/g, amine value = 45.0 mgKOH/g, weight average molecular weight = 22,900, and the value attached to the main chain indicates the number of moles of the repeating unit, The value attached to the side chain indicates the number of repeating units.) [Chemical Formula 33] (Resin) B-11: Resin of the following structure (Mw=40000, the value attached to the main chain is the number of moles) [Chemical Formula 34] B-12: Resin A synthesized by the method described in paragraphs 0169 to 0171 of JP-A-2016-146619

(聚合起始劑) C-11:V-601(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製造)(Polymerization initiator) C-11: V-601 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)

(交聯劑) M-11:EPICLON N-695(DIC Corporation製造) M-12:KAYARAD DPHA (Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)(crosslinking agent) M-11: EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) M-12: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)

(界面活性劑) W-1:下述化合物(重量平均分子量=14,000。表示重複單元的比例之%為莫耳%。 [化學式35]W-2:MEGAFACE RS-72-K(DIC Corporation製造)(Interacting Agent) W-1: The following compound (weight average molecular weight = 14,000. The % of the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%. [Chemical Formula 35] W-2: MEGAFACE RS-72-K (manufactured by DIC Corporation)

(溶劑) PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 CP:環戊酮 DCM:二氯甲烷(solvent) PGMEA: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate CP: cyclopentanone DCM: dichloromethane

<紫外線吸收層形成用組成物(UV吸收組成物)> (UV吸收組成物1) 將樹脂B-11 11.01質量份、紫外線吸收劑(TINUVIN 928,BASF公司製造)2.38質量份、交聯劑(KAYARAD DPHA,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)1.72質量份、聚合起始劑(IRGACURE OXE-01,BASF公司製造)1.89質量份、作為溶劑之丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)83.0質量份進行混合並進行攪拌之後,使用孔徑0.5μm的尼龍製過濾器(NIHON PALL LTD.製造)進行過濾,從而製備了UV吸收組成物1。<A composition for forming an ultraviolet absorbing layer (UV absorbing composition)> (UV absorbing composition 1) 11.01 parts by mass of a resin B-11, 2.38 parts by mass of a UV absorber (TINUVIN 928, manufactured by BASF Corporation), and a crosslinking agent ( KAYARAD DPHA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 1.72 parts by mass, a polymerization initiator (IRGACURE OXE-01, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1.89 parts by mass, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) as a solvent, 83.0 parts by mass After mixing and stirring, the mixture was filtered using a nylon filter (manufactured by NIHON PALL LTD.) having a pore size of 0.5 μm to prepare a UV absorbing composition 1.

<近紅外線截止濾波器的製造方法> (製造例1) 將下述表中記載的樹脂組成物旋轉塗佈於下述表中記載的玻璃上,從而形成了樹脂組成物層。接著,使用加熱板於100℃下對樹脂組成物層進行120秒鐘乾燥之後,使用加熱板於150℃下對樹脂組成物層進行10分鐘加熱,從而形成了下述表中記載的厚度的樹脂層。 繼而,將下述表中記載的IR色素組成物旋轉塗佈於樹脂層上,從而形成了IR色素組成物層。使用加熱板於100℃下對IR色素組成物層進行120秒鐘乾燥之後,使用i射線步進機以1000mJ/cm2 進行了全面曝光。接著,於150℃下加熱60分鐘而進行硬化處理,從而形成了下述表中記載的厚度的紅外線吸收色素層(IR層)。<Manufacturing Method of Near-Infrared Cut Filter> (Production Example 1) The resin composition described in the following table was spin-coated on the glass described in the following table to form a resin composition layer. Next, the resin composition layer was dried at 100 ° C for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then the resin composition layer was heated at 150 ° C for 10 minutes using a hot plate to form a resin having the thickness described in the following table. Floor. Then, the IR dye composition described in the following table was spin-coated on the resin layer to form an IR dye composition layer. The IR pigment composition layer was dried at 100 ° C for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then subjected to full exposure at 1000 mJ/cm 2 using an i-ray stepper. Subsequently, the film was heated at 150 ° C for 60 minutes to be subjected to a curing treatment to form an infrared absorbing pigment layer (IR layer) having the thickness described in the following table.

(製造例2) 將下述表中記載的IR色素組成物旋轉塗佈於下述表中記載的玻璃上,從而形成了IR色素組成物層。使用加熱板於100℃下對IR色素組成物層進行120秒鐘乾燥之後,使用i射線步進機以1000mJ/cm2 進行了全面曝光。接著,於150℃下加熱60分鐘而進行硬化處理,從而形成了下述表中記載的厚度的IR層。 繼而,將下述表中記載的樹脂組成物旋轉塗佈於IR層上,從而形成了樹脂組成物層。接著,使用加熱板於100℃下對樹脂組成物層進行120秒鐘乾燥之後,使用加熱板於150℃下對樹脂組成物層進行10分鐘加熱,從而形成了下述表中記載的厚度的樹脂層。(Production Example 2) The IR dye composition described in the following table was spin-coated on the glass described in the following table to form an IR dye composition layer. The IR pigment composition layer was dried at 100 ° C for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then subjected to full exposure at 1000 mJ/cm 2 using an i-ray stepper. Subsequently, the film was heated at 150 ° C for 60 minutes to be subjected to a curing treatment to form an IR layer having the thickness described in the following table. Then, the resin composition described in the following table was spin-coated on the IR layer to form a resin composition layer. Next, the resin composition layer was dried at 100 ° C for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then the resin composition layer was heated at 150 ° C for 10 minutes using a hot plate to form a resin having the thickness described in the following table. Floor.

(製造例3) 將下述表中記載的樹脂組成物旋轉塗佈於下述表中記載的玻璃上,從而形成了樹脂組成物層。接著,使用加熱板於100℃下對樹脂組成物層進行120秒鐘乾燥之後,使用加熱板於150℃下對樹脂組成物層進行10分鐘加熱,從而形成了下述表中記載的厚度的樹脂層。 繼而,將下述表中記載的IR色素組成物旋轉塗佈於樹脂層上,從而形成了IR色素組成物層。使用加熱板於100℃下對IR色素組成物層進行120秒鐘乾燥之後,使用i射線步進機以1000mJ/cm2 進行了全面曝光。接著,於150℃下加熱60分鐘而進行硬化處理,從而形成了下述表中記載的厚度的IR層。 繼而,將UV吸收組成物1旋轉塗佈於IR層上,從而形成了UV吸收組成物層,於100℃下進行120秒鐘乾燥之後,使用i射線步進機以1000mJ/cm2 進行了全面曝光。接著,進行了220℃、300秒鐘的後加熱(後烘烤),從而形成了膜厚1.0μm的紫外線吸收層。(Production Example 3) The resin composition described in the following table was spin-coated on the glass described in the following table to form a resin composition layer. Next, the resin composition layer was dried at 100 ° C for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then the resin composition layer was heated at 150 ° C for 10 minutes using a hot plate to form a resin having the thickness described in the following table. Floor. Then, the IR dye composition described in the following table was spin-coated on the resin layer to form an IR dye composition layer. The IR pigment composition layer was dried at 100 ° C for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then subjected to full exposure at 1000 mJ/cm 2 using an i-ray stepper. Subsequently, the film was heated at 150 ° C for 60 minutes to be subjected to a curing treatment to form an IR layer having the thickness described in the following table. Then, the UV absorbing composition 1 was spin-coated on the IR layer to form a UV absorbing composition layer, which was dried at 100 ° C for 120 seconds, and then comprehensively performed at 1000 mJ/cm 2 using an i-ray stepper. exposure. Subsequently, post-heating (post-baking) at 220 ° C for 300 seconds was performed to form an ultraviolet absorbing layer having a film thickness of 1.0 μm.

(製造例4) 將下述表中記載的IR色素組成物旋轉塗佈於下述表中記載的玻璃上,從而形成了IR色素組成物層。使用加熱板於100℃下對IR色素組成物層進行120秒鐘乾燥之後,使用i射線步進機以1000mJ/cm2 進行了全面曝光。接著,利用於150℃下加熱60分鐘的方法進行硬化處理,從而形成了下述表中記載的厚度的IR層。(Production Example 4) The IR dye composition described in the following table was spin-coated on the glass described in the following table to form an IR dye composition layer. The IR pigment composition layer was dried at 100 ° C for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then subjected to full exposure at 1000 mJ/cm 2 using an i-ray stepper. Next, the hardening treatment was carried out by heating at 150 ° C for 60 minutes to form an IR layer having the thickness described in the following table.

(製造例5) 將下述表中記載的樹脂組成物旋轉塗佈於下述表中記載的玻璃上,從而形成了樹脂組成物層。接著,使用加熱板於100℃下對樹脂組成物層進行120秒鐘乾燥之後,使用加熱板於150℃下對樹脂組成物層進行10分鐘加熱,從而形成了下述表中記載的厚度的樹脂層。(Production Example 5) The resin composition described in the following table was spin-coated on the glass described in the following table to form a resin composition layer. Next, the resin composition layer was dried at 100 ° C for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then the resin composition layer was heated at 150 ° C for 10 minutes using a hot plate to form a resin having the thickness described in the following table. Floor.

(製造例6) 將下述表中記載的樹脂組成物進行旋轉塗佈於黏貼有聚Kapton膜(厚度100μm,DU PONT-TORAY CO., LTD.製造)之玻璃基材上,從而形成了樹脂組成物層。接著,使用加熱板於100℃下對樹脂組成物層進行120秒鐘乾燥之後,於150℃下加熱10分鐘而形成了下述表中記載的厚度的樹脂層。繼而,將下述表中記載的IR色素組成物旋轉塗佈於樹脂層上,從而形成了IR色素組成物層。使用加熱板於100℃下對IR色素組成物層進行120秒鐘乾燥之後,使用i射線步進機以1000mJ/cm2 進行了全面曝光。接著,於150℃下加熱60分鐘而進行硬化處理,從而形成了下述表中記載的厚度的IR層。最後,從玻璃基材上手動剝離樹脂組成物層/IR層的積層體,從而製作出近紅外線截止濾波器。(Production Example 6) The resin composition described in the following table was spin-coated on a glass substrate to which a Kapton film (thickness: 100 μm, manufactured by DU PONT-TORAY CO., LTD.) was adhered to form a resin. Composition layer. Next, the resin composition layer was dried at 100 ° C for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then heated at 150 ° C for 10 minutes to form a resin layer having the thickness described in the following table. Then, the IR dye composition described in the following table was spin-coated on the resin layer to form an IR dye composition layer. The IR pigment composition layer was dried at 100 ° C for 120 seconds using a hot plate, and then subjected to full exposure at 1000 mJ/cm 2 using an i-ray stepper. Subsequently, the film was heated at 150 ° C for 60 minutes to be subjected to a curing treatment to form an IR layer having the thickness described in the following table. Finally, the laminate of the resin composition layer/IR layer was manually peeled off from the glass substrate to prepare a near-infrared cut filter.

<分光特性的評價> 使用U-4100(Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation製造)測定了近紅外線截止濾波器的透射率。測定波長範圍為400~1300nm,並測定了每5nm的透射率。藉由將每5nm的透射率之和除以波長範圍而計算出透射率的平均值。關於可見透明性、近紅外線遮蔽性1、近紅外線遮蔽性2,藉由以下基準進行了評價。 (可見透明性) A:波長450~550nm的平均透射率為90%以上。 B:波長450~550nm的平均透射率為85%以上且小於90%。 C:波長450~550nm的平均透射率為80%以上且小於85%。 D:波長450~550nm的平均透射率小於80%。 (近紅外線遮蔽性1) A:波長700nm以上且小於800nm的平均透射率為5%以下。 B:波長700nm以上且小於800nm的平均透射率超過5%且為10%以下。 C:波長700nm以上且小於800nm的平均透射率超過10%且為20%以下。 D:波長700nm以上且小於800nm的平均透射率超過20%。 (近紅外線遮蔽性2) A:波長800nm以上且小於1100nm的平均透射率為5%以下。 B:波長800nm以上且小於1100nm的平均透射率超過5%且為10%以下。 C:波長800nm以上且小於1100nm的平均透射率超過10%且為20%以下。 D:波長800nm以上且小於1100nm的平均透射率超過20%。<Evaluation of Spectroscopic Characteristics> The transmittance of the near-infrared cut filter was measured using U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). The measurement wavelength range was 400 to 1300 nm, and the transmittance per 5 nm was measured. The average value of the transmittance was calculated by dividing the sum of the transmittances per 5 nm by the wavelength range. The visible transparency, the near-infrared shielding property 1, and the near-infrared shielding property 2 were evaluated by the following criteria. (Visible transparency) A: The average transmittance at a wavelength of 450 to 550 nm is 90% or more. B: The average transmittance of the wavelength of 450 to 550 nm is 85% or more and less than 90%. C: The average transmittance of the wavelength of 450 to 550 nm is 80% or more and less than 85%. D: The average transmittance of the wavelength of 450 to 550 nm is less than 80%. (Near Infrared Shielding Property 1) A: The average transmittance of a wavelength of 700 nm or more and less than 800 nm is 5% or less. B: The average transmittance of a wavelength of 700 nm or more and less than 800 nm exceeds 5% and is 10% or less. C: The average transmittance of a wavelength of 700 nm or more and less than 800 nm exceeds 10% and is 20% or less. D: The average transmittance of a wavelength of 700 nm or more and less than 800 nm exceeds 20%. (Near Infrared Shielding Property 2) A: The average transmittance of a wavelength of 800 nm or more and less than 1100 nm is 5% or less. B: The average transmittance of a wavelength of 800 nm or more and less than 1100 nm exceeds 5% and is 10% or less. C: The average transmittance of a wavelength of 800 nm or more and less than 1100 nm exceeds 10% and is 20% or less. D: The average transmittance of a wavelength of 800 nm or more and less than 1100 nm exceeds 20%.

(耐切割性) 使用DAD3350(DISCO Corporation製造)作為切割裝置,使用B1A862SD1200L50MT38(53×0.1×40)作為刀片,以進給速度2mm/秒、轉速20,000rpm,將近紅外線截止濾波器切割成22×28mm的大小。藉由以下基準對耐切割性進行了評價。 A:玻璃及樹脂層的碎裂(chipping)為0.1mm以下。 B:玻璃及樹脂層的碎裂超過0.1mm且為0.5mm以下。 C:玻璃及樹脂層的碎裂超過0.5mm且為1.0mm以下。 D:玻璃及樹脂層的碎裂超過1.0mm。(Cutting resistance) Using DAD3350 (manufactured by DISCO Corporation) as a cutting device, B1A862SD1200L50MT38 (53×0.1×40) was used as a blade, and the near-infrared cut filter was cut into 22×28 mm at a feed rate of 2 mm/sec and a rotation speed of 20,000 rpm. the size of. The cut resistance was evaluated by the following criteria. A: The chipping of the glass and the resin layer is 0.1 mm or less. B: Fragmentation of the glass and the resin layer exceeds 0.1 mm and is 0.5 mm or less. C: Fragmentation of the glass and the resin layer exceeds 0.5 mm and is 1.0 mm or less. D: The glass and resin layers were broken more than 1.0 mm.

(翹曲) 使用干涉計對近紅外線截止濾波器的翹曲的大小進行了評價。 A:將近紅外線截止濾波器水平靜置為向下凸出時的端部的浮動寬度的最大值為100μm以下。 B:將近紅外線截止濾波器水平靜置為向下凸出時的端部的浮動寬度的最大值超過100μm且為500μm以下。 C:將近紅外線截止濾波器水平靜置為向下凸出時的端部的浮動寬度的最大值超過500μm且為1000μm以下。 D:將近紅外線截止濾波器水平靜置為向下凸出時的端部的浮動寬度的最大值超過1000μm。(warpage) The magnitude of the warpage of the near-infrared cut filter was evaluated using an interferometer. A: The maximum value of the floating width of the end portion when the near-infrared cut filter is horizontally placed to protrude downward is 100 μm or less. B: The maximum value of the floating width of the end portion when the near-infrared cut filter is horizontally placed to protrude downward is more than 100 μm and is 500 μm or less. C: The maximum value of the floating width of the end portion when the near-infrared cut filter is horizontally placed to protrude downward is more than 500 μm and is 1000 μm or less. D: The maximum value of the floating width of the end portion when the near-infrared cut filter is horizontally placed to protrude downward is more than 1000 μm.

(密接性) 將近紅外線截止濾波器加入沸水中處理1小時之後,實施膠帶剝離試驗並對密接性進行了評價。具體而言,使用切割器在各近紅外線截止濾波器的玻璃膜上形成切縫而製作100個10mm×10mm的方格,將Nichiban Co., Ltd.製造的膠帶貼於該方格上之後,重複了5次剝離膠帶之操作。對方格的剝離數進行計數,並對實施例及比較例1~3的密接性進行了評價。 A:方格的剝離數為0。 B:方格的剝離數為1~50個。 C:方格的剝離數為51個以上。(Adhesiveness) After the near-infrared cut filter was added to boiling water for 1 hour, a tape peeling test was performed and the adhesion was evaluated. Specifically, a slit is formed on the glass film of each near-infrared cut filter by using a cutter to form 100 squares of 10 mm × 10 mm, and after the tape manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd. is attached to the square, The operation of peeling off the tape was repeated 5 times. The number of peeling of the opponent grid was counted, and the adhesiveness of the Example and the comparative examples 1-3 was evaluated. A: The number of peeling of the square is 0. B: The number of peeling of the square is 1 to 50. C: The number of peeling of the square is 51 or more.

[表3] [表4] [表5] [表6] [表7] [表8] [表9] [table 3] [Table 4] [table 5] [Table 6] [Table 7] [Table 8] [Table 9]

上述表中,玻璃1為含有銅之玻璃(產品名NF-50,由AGC TECHNO GLASS CO., LTD.製造),玻璃2為不含銅之玻璃(產品名B270i,由schott製造)。In the above table, the glass 1 is a glass containing copper (product name NF-50, manufactured by AGC TECHNO GLASS CO., LTD.), and the glass 2 is a glass containing no copper (product name B270i, manufactured by Schott).

如上述表所示,實施例中,可見透明性、近紅外線遮蔽性1及近紅外線遮蔽性2優異,並且耐切割性亦優異。As shown in the above table, in the examples, transparency, near-infrared ray shielding property 1 and near-infrared ray shielding property 2 were excellent, and the cut resistance was also excellent.

10‧‧‧照相機模組10‧‧‧ camera module

11‧‧‧固體攝像元件11‧‧‧ Solid-state imaging components

12‧‧‧平坦化層12‧‧ ‧ flattening layer

13‧‧‧近紅外線截止濾波器13‧‧‧Near-infrared cut-off filter

14‧‧‧成像透鏡14‧‧‧ imaging lens

15‧‧‧透鏡保持架15‧‧‧ lens holder

16‧‧‧矽基板16‧‧‧矽 substrate

17‧‧‧濾色器17‧‧‧ color filter

18‧‧‧微透鏡18‧‧‧Microlens

19‧‧‧紫外/紅外光反射膜19‧‧‧UV/Infrared Reflective Film

20‧‧‧透明基材20‧‧‧Transparent substrate

21‧‧‧近紅外線截止濾波器21‧‧‧Near-infrared cut-off filter

22‧‧‧防反射層22‧‧‧Anti-reflection layer

圖1係表示本發明的實施形態之具有近紅外線截止濾波器之照相機模組的構成之概略剖面圖。 圖2係表示照相機模組中的近紅外線截止濾波器周邊部分的一例之概略剖面圖。 圖3係表示照相機模組中的近紅外線截止濾波器周邊部分的一例之概略剖面圖。 圖4係表示照相機模組中的近紅外線截止濾波器周邊部分的一例之概略剖面圖。 圖5係表示本發明的實施形態之具有近紅外線截止濾波器之照相機模組的構成之概略剖面圖。Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a camera module having a near-infrared cut filter according to an embodiment of the present invention. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a peripheral portion of a near-infrared cut filter in a camera module. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a peripheral portion of a near-infrared cut filter in a camera module. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a peripheral portion of a near-infrared cut filter in a camera module. Fig. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a camera module having a near-infrared cut filter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

Claims (13)

一種近紅外線截止濾波器,其包含:含有銅之玻璃、含有銅化合物之樹脂層、及含有紅外線吸收色素之層。A near-infrared cut filter comprising: a glass containing copper, a resin layer containing a copper compound, and a layer containing an infrared absorbing dye. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中 該含有銅之玻璃的膜厚為10~10,000μm,該含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚為1~500μm,該含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚為0.01~10μm。The near-infrared cut filter according to claim 1, wherein the copper-containing glass has a film thickness of 10 to 10,000 μm, and the copper compound-containing resin layer has a film thickness of 1 to 500 μm, and the infrared absorption is contained. The film thickness of the pigment layer is 0.01 to 10 μm. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中 該含有銅之玻璃的膜厚與該含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚之比為,含有銅之玻璃的膜厚:含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚=[1:30]~[5,000:1]。The near-infrared cut filter according to claim 2, wherein a ratio of a film thickness of the copper-containing glass to a film thickness of the copper compound-containing resin layer is a film thickness of the glass containing copper: containing copper The film thickness of the resin layer of the compound = [1:30] to [5,000:1]. 如申請專利範圍第2項或第3項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中 該含有銅之玻璃的膜厚與該含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚之比為,含有銅之玻璃的膜厚:含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚=[2:1]~[500,000:1]。The near-infrared cut filter according to the second or third aspect of the invention, wherein the ratio of the film thickness of the copper-containing glass to the film thickness of the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye is a film containing copper glass. Thickness: The film thickness of the layer containing the infrared absorbing pigment = [2:1] to [500,000:1]. 如申請專利範圍第2項或第3項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中 該含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚與該含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚之比為,含有銅化合物之樹脂層的膜厚:含有紅外線吸收色素之層的膜厚=[1:5]~[30,000:1]。The near-infrared cut filter according to the second or third aspect of the invention, wherein a ratio of a film thickness of the resin layer containing the copper compound to a film thickness of the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye is a copper compound. Film thickness of the resin layer: film thickness of the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye = [1:5] to [30,000:1]. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中 該含有紅外線吸收色素之層在波長600~1100nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長。The near-infrared cut filter according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 600 to 1100 nm. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中 該含有紅外線吸收色素之層的極大吸收波長為比該含有銅化合物之樹脂層的極大吸收波長短的波長。The near-infrared cut filter according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein a maximum absorption wavelength of the layer containing the infrared absorbing dye is shorter than a maximum absorption wavelength of the resin layer containing the copper compound. The wavelength. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中 該含有銅之玻璃與該含有銅化合物之樹脂層的其中一個面接觸,並且該含有紅外線吸收色素之層與該含有銅化合物之樹脂層的其中另一個面接觸。The near-infrared cut filter according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the copper-containing glass is in contact with one of the surfaces of the resin layer containing the copper compound, and the infrared absorbing dye is contained The layer is in contact with the other surface of the resin layer containing the copper compound. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其中 該銅化合物為以下述式(1)所表示之化合物; Cu・(L)n1 ・(X)n2 ……(1) 式中,L為具有針對銅原子之配位部位之配位子,且表示具有1個以上的選自以下基團中之至少1種之化合物,該基團係包含以陰離子對銅原子進行配位之配位部位之基團、及包含以未共用電子對對銅原子進行配位之配位原子之基團,X表示相對離子,n1表示1~4的整數,n2表示0~4的整數。The near-infrared cut filter according to any one of the items 1 to 3, wherein the copper compound is a compound represented by the following formula (1); Cu (L) n1 (X) In the formula, L is a ligand having a coordination site for a copper atom, and represents a compound having at least one selected from the group consisting of the following groups, the group comprising a group of a coordination site at which an anion coordinates a copper atom, and a group containing a coordinating atom that coordinates a copper atom with an unshared electron pair, X represents a relative ion, and n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, n2 Indicates an integer from 0 to 4. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器,其還包含選自電介質多層膜及紫外線吸收層中之至少1種。The near-infrared cut filter according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of a dielectric multilayer film and an ultraviolet absorbing layer. 一種固體攝像元件,其具有如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器。A solid-state imaging device having a near-infrared cut filter as described in any one of claims 1 to 10. 一種照相機模組,其具有如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器。A camera module having a near-infrared cut filter as described in any one of claims 1 to 10. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述之近紅外線截止濾波器。An image display device having a near-infrared cut filter as described in any one of claims 1 to 10.
TW107103552A 2017-02-24 2018-02-01 Near infrared blocking filter, solid-state imaging element, camera module and image display device TW201838168A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017033317 2017-02-24
JP2017-033317 2017-02-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201838168A true TW201838168A (en) 2018-10-16

Family

ID=63253650

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107103552A TW201838168A (en) 2017-02-24 2018-02-01 Near infrared blocking filter, solid-state imaging element, camera module and image display device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6793808B2 (en)
TW (1) TW201838168A (en)
WO (1) WO2018155050A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020059484A1 (en) * 2018-09-18 2020-03-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, method for producing optical filter, camera module, compound, and dispersion composition
CN110661949A (en) * 2019-09-09 2020-01-07 维沃移动通信有限公司 Control method of display panel and electronic equipment

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8693089B2 (en) * 2010-06-18 2014-04-08 Daishinku Corporation IR cut filter
CN106062591B (en) * 2015-01-14 2018-10-09 Agc株式会社 Near infrared ray cut-off filter and solid-state imaging apparatus
WO2016158818A1 (en) * 2015-03-31 2016-10-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Infrared cut-off filter, kit, and solid-state imaging element
US10830931B2 (en) * 2015-07-09 2020-11-10 Nippon Sheet Glass Company, Limited Infrared cut filter, imaging device, and method for producing infrared cut filter
KR102026551B1 (en) * 2015-07-30 2019-09-27 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Laminated body, solid-state image sensor, manufacturing method of a laminated body, kit

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2018155050A1 (en) 2018-08-30
JP6793808B2 (en) 2020-12-02
JPWO2018155050A1 (en) 2019-11-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20180188428A1 (en) Near-infrared cut filter, method for producing near-infrared cut filter, and solid-state imaging element
TW201803962A (en) Composition, film, near-infrared cutoff filter, laminate, pattern formation method, solid-state image sensor, image display device, infrared sensor and color filter
JP6806706B2 (en) Near-infrared absorption composition, near-infrared cut filter, manufacturing method of near-infrared cut filter, solid-state image sensor, camera module and image display device
JP6650040B2 (en) Near-infrared cut filter, solid-state imaging device, camera module, and image display device
WO2014199937A1 (en) Curable composition, cured film, near infrared cut filter, camera module and method for manufacturing camera module
JP6329638B2 (en) Near-infrared absorbing composition, near-infrared cut filter, solid-state image sensor, camera module
KR102183283B1 (en) Curable composition, light shielding film, color filter, pattern formation method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state image sensor, infrared sensor
WO2015012322A1 (en) Near-infrared-absorbing composition, near-infrared cut filter obtained using same, process for producing said cut filter, camera module and process for producing same, and solid photographing element
JP6602396B2 (en) Near-infrared absorbing composition, method for producing near-infrared cut filter, near-infrared cut filter, solid-state imaging device, camera module, infrared sensor, and infrared absorber
JP6709029B2 (en) Composition, method for producing composition, film, near-infrared cut filter, solid-state imaging device, camera module, and image display device
KR20150121121A (en) Infrared absorbing composition, infrared blocking filter, camera module and method for manufacturing camera module
JP6611278B2 (en) Near-infrared absorbing composition, near-infrared cut filter, method for producing near-infrared cut filter, solid-state imaging device, camera module, and image display device
TW201838168A (en) Near infrared blocking filter, solid-state imaging element, camera module and image display device
WO2018168231A1 (en) Near-infrared blocking filter, method for producing near-infrared blocking filter, solid-state imaging element, camera module and image display device
TW201800500A (en) Curable composition, cured film, optical filter, laminate body, solid-state imaging element, image display device and infrared sensor
TWI667243B (en) Near-infrared absorbing composition, near-infrared cut filter, near-infrared cut filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and camera module
TW201700701A (en) Near-infrared absorbing composition, near-infrared blocking filter, method for producing near-infrared blocking filter, apparatus, method for producing copper-containing polymer, and copper-containing polymer
JP6400654B2 (en) Curable composition, cured film, near-infrared cut filter, camera module, and camera module manufacturing method
JP6717955B2 (en) Near infrared cut filter, solid-state image sensor, camera module and image display device